API Reference (v14.0)

We recommend using a newer version of the API.

For general information on Vault, refer to Vault Help.

General Information

Authentication

Authentication calls are how you gain access to a vault through the API. The following methods are supported:

Username & Password Authentication
SAML Single Sign-on (SSO) Authentication
Salesforce Delegated Authentication

The authentication call response includes an authentication token which is valid for the current session and will "time-out" after a period of idle time. The token must be included with the HTTP Authorization request header with each subsequent request. In the examples shown here, the token is indicated by {SESSION_ID}. For example:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/{version}/objects/documents

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: 3B3C45FD240E26F0C3DB4F82BBB0C15C7EFE4B29EF9916AF41AF7E44B170BAA01F232B" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/{version}/objects/documents

Alternatively, you can include the auth request parameter set to the {SESSION_ID}. This is used instead of the Authorization header. For example:

$ curl -X GET https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/{version}/objects/documents?auth=3B3C45FD240E26F0C3DB4F82BBB0C15C7EFE4B29EF9916AF41AF7E44B170BAA01F232B

Note that if a request includes both the auth parameter and the Authorization header, the auth parameter is used.

History

v1+ - Supports Username & Password Authentication
v5+ - Supports Salesforce Delegated Authentication
v12+ - Supports SAML Single Sign-On (SSO) Authentication

Security

Vault's API respects the security profiles and permission sets assigned to each user. To use the API, users be assigned a permission set which allows API access. These include All API, Metadata API, Access API, and Events API access. Additionally, users can only access vaults, documents, binders, objects, etc., to which they have been assigned permission. Most of these items include individual permissions for Read, Create, Edit, Delete, and others.

When an API user submits a GET request, the response will only include data which they are allowed to view, even if additional data is available. For requests which the user is not allowed to perform, an INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS error is returned. Learn about Authentication & Vault Security in Vault Help.

HTTP Methods

Vault API uses the POST, GET, PUT, and DELETE HTTP methods.
These correspond to Create, Retrieve (Read), Update, and Delete (or CRUD) operations, respectively.

API Versions

Retrieve all supported versions of the Vault API.

Request

Send GET to /api

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com.veevavault.com/api/

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "values": {
        "v2.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v2.0",
        "v3.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v3.0",
        "v4.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v4.0",
        "v5.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v5.0",
        "v6.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v6.0",
        "v7.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v7.0",
        "v8.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v8.0",
        "v9.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0",
        "v10.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0",
        "v11.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v11.0",
        "v12.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v12.0",
        "v13.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0",
        "v14.0": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0"    
        }
}

Details

New versions of the API are released every 3 to 4 months and with each new version, a corresponding API Reference (this document) is published on this site. When making API calls to your vault, you may use any version by specifying the api/{version}/... in the request endpoint. Later versions include additional endpoints, parameters, metadata, and options.

When making API calls, make sure you're referring to the same API Reference as the version specified in your requests.

The last version listed in the response is the latest API Beta version.

History

Since v1

Response Formats

Vault's API supports JSON (default), XML, and (with some requests) CSV response formats. The available response format options are listed in the Headers section of each request. If no particular format is requested, the response is JSON.

To request a different format, set the HTTP request header Accept to application/xml (always available) or text/csv (when available). For example:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Accept: application/xml" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Accept: text/csv" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

Alternatively, you can include the format request parameter set to xml. This is used instead of the Accept header. For example:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents?format=xml

Note that if a request includes both the format parameter and the Accept header, the format parameter is used.

All responses include a responseStatus with a SUCCESS or FAILURE value. For values other than SUCCESS, the response includes an errors key/value array with an error type and message. These provide key information regarding the reason for the error. If there are no errors, errors is either absent from the response or has an empty value. Many requests documented here include a Details and Errors section which provide additional response information specific to the request.

There is a third responseStatus with an EXCEPTION value. These are returned for API system-level errors. The response format for system-level errors is always JSON.

See the API Errors section below for additional information.

Domain Information

Domain Admins can use this request to retrieve a list of all vaults currently in their domain.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/domain

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/domain

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": "Success",
  "domain__v": {
    "domain_name__v": "veevapharm",
    "domain_type__v": "testvaults",
    "vaults__v": [
      {
        "id": "2000",
        "vault_name__v": "PromoMats",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "PromoMats"
      },
      {
        "id": "3000",
        "vault_name__v": "MedComms",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "MedComms"
      },      
      {
        "id": "4000",
        "vault_name__v": "eTMF",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "eTMF"
      },      
      {
        "id": "5000",
        "vault_name__v": "QualityDocs",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "QualityDocs"
      },
      {
        "id": "6000",
        "vault_name__v": "Submissions",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "Submissions"
      },      
      {
        "id": "7000",
        "vault_name__v": "RIM Submissions",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "RIM"
      },
      {
        "id": "8000",
        "vault_name__v": "Platform",
        "vault_status__v": "Active",
        "vault_application__v": "Base"
      }
    ]
  }
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`domain_name__v`	The name of the domain containing the vaults. This is unique to each customer and part of the DNS of each vault.
`domain_type__v`	The type of domain (Production, Sandbox, Demo, or Test).
`id`	The system-managed numeric ID assigned to each vault. This is the Vault ID (`vault_id__v`) required in some requests.
`vault_name__v`	The name of each vault. This may be the same as the application or set to something unique.
`vault_status__v`	The current status of each vault (Active or Inactive). Inactive vaults are inaccessible.
`vault_application__v`	The application of each vault (PromoMats, MedComms, eTMF, Quality Docs, Submissions, RIM Submissions, or Platform).

In the UI, this information is displayed in Admin > Settings > General Settings and Admin > Settings > Domain Information.

History

Since v7

Metadata Endpoints

Retrieve API metadata endpoints for documents, users, groups, security policies, and objects.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "values": {
    "documents": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types",
    "users": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/users",
    "groups": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/groups",
    "securitypolicies": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/securitypolicies",
    "vobjects": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects"
  }
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`documents`	Endpoint to retrieve a list of all document types configured in your vault. See details below.
`users`	Endpoint to retrieve a list of all user metadata configured in your vault. See details below.
`groups`	Endpoint to retrieve a list of all group metadata configured in your vault. See details below.
`securitypolicies`	Endpoint to retrieve a list of all security policy metadata configured in your vault. See details below.
`vobjects`	Endpoint to retrieve a list of all standard and custom Vault Objects configured in your vault. See details below.

History

Since v1

API Limits

Vault imposes a limit to the number of API calls that can occur within a 24-hour period (Daily Limit) and within a 5-minute period (Burst API Limit). The default limits are quite high, but if they are exceeded, Vault no longer accepts API calls until enough time has passed so that the number of calls falls below the limit. The limits are configured on each individual vault in a domain.

The default limit every 5 minutes is 2,000 calls.
The default limit every 24 hours is 100,000 calls.

As of API v14.0, the header of each response includes the number of calls remaining for the daily and burst limits. For example:

Cache-Control → private, no-store
Connection → Keep-Alive
Content-Encoding → gzip
Content-Language → en-US
Content-Type → application/json;charset=UTF-8
Date → Wed, 02 Mar 2016 22:20:55 GMT
Expires → Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:00:00 GMT
Keep-Alive → timeout=15, max=100
Server → Apache/2.2.27 (Unix)
Transfer-Encoding → chunked
Vary → Accept-Encoding
X-VaultAPI-BurstLimitRemaining → 1999
X-VaultAPI-DailyLimitRemaining → 99967
X-VaultAPI-ExecutionId → http-DEV-7674-3

Vault automatically sends a notification to all users with system notifications enabled whenever the API limit is exceeded. Admins can also set up "threshold" limits to notify users when the daily API count is close to the limit. Learn more in Vault Help.

Retrieve Limits on Vault Objects

Vault limits the number of object records that can be created for each object (product__v, study__v, custom_object__c, etc.). There is also a limit to the number of custom objects that can be created in each vault. To retrieve these limits:

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/limits

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/limits

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "data": [
    {
      "name": "records_per_object",
      "max": 1000000
    },
    {
      "name": "custom_objects",
      "remaining": 7,
      "max": 20
    }
  ]
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`records_per_object`	The maximum number of records that can be created per object in the vault.
`custom_objects`	The maximum number of custom objects that can be created in the vault and the number remaining.

History

Since v14

Documents

Vault is a very configurable system designed to reflect the business model of documents. Each vault can have different document types, document properties, etc. The Document Metadata APIs allow you to query the vault to understand what document-based metadata is available to use. Learn about Documents & Binders in Vault Help.

Vault Document Metadata

Retrieve all standard and custom document metadata fields in a vault by sending GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/properties. See request details below.

The tables below describe document metadata in API v14.0.

Document Fields (General)
Document Date & DateTime Fields
Document User Fields
Document Role Fields
Document Annotation Fields
CrossLink Document Fields
Document Field Types
Metadata Fields (Properties)

Note that the lists of document fields below does not include custom fields or standard fields existing only in specific vault applications and integrations. Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve a complete list of fields existing in your vault.

Document Fields (General)

Field Name	Default Field Label	Field Type	Description	Required	Editable	Queryable
`id`	ID	ID	Unique document identifier (permanent). Numeric value.	System-Managed	False	True
`external_id__v`	External ID	String	Unique document identifier (user-defined). Alphanumeric value.	Configurable	True	True
`document_number__v`	Document Number	Autonumber	Unique document identifier. Alphanumeric value.	System-Managed	False	True
`md5checksum__v`	Checksum	ExactMatchString	Unique document identifier. Alphanumeric value.	System-Managed	False	True
`filename__v`	Filename	ExactMatchString	Unique document identifier. Alphanumeric value.	System-Managed	False	True
`format__v`	Format	ExactMatchString	Document format (application/pdf, image/jpeg, etc.).	System-Managed	False	True
`export_filename__v`	Export File Name	String	Document file name on export.	Configurable	True	True
`pages__v`	Pages	Number	Document page count.	System-Managed	False	True
`size__v`	Size	Number	Document size (KB).	System-Managed	False	True
`name__v`	Name	String	Document name.	True	True	True
`type__v`	Type	String	Document type.	True	False	True
`subtype__v`	Subtype	String	Document subtype.	True	False	True
`classification__v`	Classification	String	Document classification.	True	False	True
`lifecycle__v`	Lifecycle	String	Document lifecycle.	True	False	True
`major_version_number__v`	Major Version Number	Number	Given document version "1.0", the major version number is "1".	True	True	True
`minor_version_number__v`	Minor Version Number	Number	Given document version "1.0", the minor version number is "0".	True	True	True
`title__v`	Title	String	Document title.	Configurable	True	True
`description__v`	Description	String	Document description.	Configurable	True	True
`language__v`	Language	Picklist	Document language.	Configurable	True	True
`status__v`	Status	String	Document status (Draft, In Review, Approved, etc.).	False	True	True
`locked__v`	Checked Out	Boolean	Whether or not the document is "checked out" by another user.	False	False	True
`binder__v`	Binder	Boolean	Whether or not the document is a binder.	System=managed	False	True

Document Date & DateTime Fields

Date fields have the following format: YYYY-MM-DD ('2014-12-20').
DateTime fields have the following format: YYYY-MM-DD'T'HH:MM:SS.SSS'Z' ('2014-12-20T15:30:00.000Z').
Date and DateTime fields are specified in UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) and not the user's time zone.

Field Name	Description	Comments
`document_creation_date__v`	Document Creation Date	When the original source document was first created.
`version_creation_date__v`	Version Creation Date	When the document version was first created.
`version_modified_date__v`	Version Modified Date	When the document version was last modified/updated.
`locked_date__v`	Document Locked Date	When the document version was locked (checked-out). See the Document Locks API below.

Document User Fields

These list key document user information. See the Users API below. Learn about Users & Groups in Vault Help.

Field Name	Description	Comments
`owner__v`	Document Owner	User `id` field value of the owner of the document.
`created_by__v`	Document Created By	User `id` field value of the person who first created the document.
`version_created_by__v`	Version Created By	User `id` field value of the person who created the retrieved version.
`last_modified_by__v`	Document Last Modified By	User `id` field value of the person who last modified/updated the document.
`locked_by__v`	Document Locked By	User `id` field value of the person who locked (checked out) the document. See the Document Locks API below.

Document Role Fields

These list the users and groups assigned to various roles on each document. Admins may create additional roles. See the Roles API below. Learn about Lifecycle Roles in Vault Help.

Field Name	Description	Comments
`viewer__v.users`	Viewer Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Viewer" role on the document.
`viewer__v.groups`	Viewer Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Viewer" role on the document.
`reviewer__v.users`	Reviewer Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Reviewer" role on the document.
`reviewer__v.groups`	Reviewer Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Reviewer" role on the document.
`editor__v.users`	Editor Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Editor" role on the document.
`editor__v.groups`	Editor Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Editor" role on the document.
`approver__v.users`	Approver Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Approver" role on the document.
`approver__v.groups`	Approver Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Approver" role on the document.
`coordinator__v.users`	Coordinator Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Coordinator" role on the document.
`coordinator__v.groups`	Coordinator Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Coordinator" role on the document.
`consumer__v.users`	Consumer Users	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Consumer" role on the document.
`consumer__v.groups`	Consumer Groups	Group `id` values of groups of users assigned the "Consumer" role on the document.
`distribution_contacts__v`	Distribution Contacts	User `id` values of individual users assigned the "Distribution Contacts" role on the document.

Document Annotation Fields

These list the number of annotations on a document (if any). See the Document Annotations API below. Learn about Document Annotations in Vault Help.

Field Name	Description	Comments
`annotations_all__v`	All Document Annotations	Total number of all annotation types listed below, resolved and unresolved.
`annotations_links__v`	Link Annotations	Number of link annotations on the document.
`annotations_lines__v`	Line Annotatations	Number of line annotations on the document.
`annotations_anchors__v`	Document Anchors	Number of anchor annotations on the document.
`annotations_notes__v`	Document Notes	Number of text annotations on the document.
`annotations_resolved__v`	Resolved Annotations	Number of annotations on the document which have been resolved.
`annotations_unresolved__v`	Unresolved Annotations	Number of annotations on the document which have not been resolved.

CrossLink Document Fields

These are configured with values on documents which are bound to CrossLinks or documents which are themselves CrossLinks. See the Create CrossLink Document API below. Learn about CrossLinks in Vault Help.

Field Name	Description	Comments
`crosslink__v`	CrossLink Document (true/false)	Whether or not the document is a CrossLink.
`source_document_id__v`	Source Document ID	Document `id` value of the source document in the source vault.
`source_document_name__v`	Source Document Name	Document `name__v` value of the source document in the source vault.
`source_document_number__v`	Source Document Number	`document_number__v` value of the source document in the source vault.
`source_owner__v`	Source Document Owner	Document `owner__v` value of the source document in the source vault.
`source_vault_id__v`	Source Vault ID	Vault `id` value of the vault containing the source document. Learn more.
`source_vault_name__v`	Source Vault Name	Name of the vault containing the source document.
`source_binding_rule__v`	Source Binding Rule	Binding rule applied to the CrossLink.
`bound_source_major_version__v`	Bound Source Major Version	Current major version of the source document bound to the CrossLink.
`bound_source_minor_version__v`	Bound Source Minor Version	Current minor version of the source document bound to the CrossLink.
`latest_source_major_version__v`	Latest Source Major Version	Latest major version of the source document bound the CrossLink.
`latest_source_minor_version__v`	Latest Source Minor Version	Latest minor version of the source document bound to the CrossLink.
`link_status__v`	Link Status	Whether or not the link to the source document is currently active.

Document Field Types

All standard and custom document fields are of one of the following types:

Field Type	Description
ID	Reserved for the system-managed document `id` field.
Autonumber	Reserved for the system-managed `document_number__v` field.
String	Alphanumeric field that accepts any entered value up to a maximum length, including text, numbers, punctuation, and special characters.
ExactMatchString	These function just like string (text) fields, except during search. They are not tokenized like regular string fields. When searching document fields, Vault only finds matches on this field type if you enter an exact match to its value. They are also case-sensitive.
Number	Stores document number values. These adhere to minimum, maximum, and decimal precision values.
Date	Stores document date values (YYYY-MM-DD).
DateTime	Stores document date and time values (YYYY-MM-DD'T'HH:MM:SS.SSS'Z').
Picklist	Stores one or more items selected from a list of allowed values.
ObjectReference	Stores references to one or more Vault Objects, each of which have their own object fields.
Boolean	Stores "true" or "false" field values.
Formula	Stores formulas using a combination of fields, functions, constants, and math operations in an expression. These are used only in reporting and are not currently exposed in the API.
URL	Stores URL values which link to another resource.

Document Metadata Fields (Properties)

The following information may be included with each field:

Metadata Field	Description	Comments
`name`	Field Name	The document field name (`name__v`, `title__v`, etc.) is the primary method of identifying fields in the API.
`label`	Field Label	The document field label (Name, Title, etc.) is the primary method of identifying fields in the UI.
`type`	Field Type	See Document Field Types above.
`required`	Required	Indicates (true/false) if the field must be configured with a value when creating a new document.
`setOnCreateOnly`	Set On Create Only	Indicates (true/false) if the field value can only be set once (when creating a new document).
`editable`	Editable	Indicates (true/false) if the field value can be set or changed by the user, i.e., not system-managed.
`systemAttribute`	System Attribute	Indicates (true/false) if the field is system-managed, i.e., not editable by the user.
`repeating`	Repeating	Indicates (true/false) if the field can have multiple values.
`queryable`	Queryable	Indicates (true/false) if the field can be used as a keyword search parameter when searching documents.
`shared`	Shared	Indicates (true/false) if the field is shared with other document types. See Retrieve Common Document Fields below.
`disabled`	Disabled	Indicates (true/false) if the field has been disabled by your Vault Admin and no longer available when creating or editing documents.
`hidden`	Hidden	Indicates (true/false) if the field is "hidden" (not available) because it is dependent on another controlling field whose conditions have not been met.
`objectType`	Object Type	When the document field `type` is `ObjectReference`, this indicates the object which is being referenced.
`minValue`	Minimum Value	When the document field `type` is `Number`, this indicates the minimum numerical value which can be used.
`maxValue`	Maximum Value	When the document field `type` is `Number`, this indicates the maximum numerical value which can be used.
`scale`	Scale	When the document field `type` is `Number`, this indicates the maximum number of decimal places (0, 1, 2, etc.) which can be used.
`maxLength`	Maximum Length	When the document field `type` is `id` or `String`, this indicates the maximum character length which can be used.
`entryLabels`	Entry Labels	When the document field `type` is `Picklist`, this indicates the available picklist values.
`scope`	Scope	Document "scope" values include `Document` and `DocumentVersion`, indicating to which the field applies.
`helpContent`	Help Content	Displays any optional "help" text describing the document field. This is displayed in the UI when users hover over the document field.
`definedInType`	Defined In Type	Indicates (true/false) if the document field is defined at the document "type", "subtype", or "classification" level.
`definedIn`	Defined In	Displays the document "type", "subtype", or "classification" on which the document field is defined.
`section`	Section	The "section" in the UI document fields layout where the field is displayed.
`sectionPosition`	Section Position	Within the section described above, this indicates the document field's "position" (numerical order from top to bottom) in the section.
`relationshipType`	Relationship Type	When the document field `type` is `ObjectReference`, this indicates the type of relationship.
`relationshipName`	Relationship Name	For the `relationshipType` described above, this indicates the "name" which is used to perform a relationship query on the document and object.

Retrieve Document Fields

Retrieve All Document Fields

Retrieve all standard and custom document fields and field properties.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/properties

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/properties

Response (abridged)

    {
      "name": "name__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "String",
      "required": true,
      "maxLength": 100,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Name",
      "section": "generalProperties",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "helpContent": "The document name.",
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v"
    }
    {
      "name": "product__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "ObjectReference",
      "required": true,
      "repeating": true,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "objectType": "product__v",
      "label": "Product",
      "section": "productInformation",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v",
      "relationshipType": "reference",
      "relationshipName": "document_product__vr"
    }
    {
      "name": "document_creation_date__v",
      "scope": "Document",
      "type": "DateTime",
      "required": true,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": false,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Created Date",
      "section": "generalProperties",
      "sectionPosition": 18,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v"
    }

Details

The response lists all standard and custom document fields and field metadata. Note the following field metadata:

Metadata Field	Description
`required`	When true, the field value must be set when creating new documents.
`editable`	When true, the field value can be user-defined. When false, the field value is system-managed.
`setOnCreateOnly`	When true, the field value can only be set once (when creating new documents).
`queryable`	When true, field values can be retrieved using the Query API.

History

Since v4

Retrieve Common Document Fields

Retrieve all document fields and field properties which are common to (shared by) a specified set of documents.

This allows you to determine which document fields can be updated on documents in bulk.

Learn about Shared Fields in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/properties/find_common

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

docIds - Input a comma-separated list of document id field values.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=101,102,103" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/properties/find_common

Response (abridged)

    {
      "name": "submission_date__vs",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "Date",
      "required": false,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": false,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Submission Date",
      "section": "submissionDetails",
      "sectionPosition": 3,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": true,
      "usedIn": [
        {
          "key": "promotional_piece__vs",
          "type": "type"
        },
        {
          "key": "compliance_package__v",
          "type": "type"
        },
        {
          "key": "claim__vs",
          "type": "type"
        }
      ]
    }
    {
      "name": "withdrawal_effective_date__vs",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "Date",
      "required": false,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": false,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Withdrawal Effective Date",
      "section": "pieceDetails",
      "sectionPosition": 17,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "promotional_piece__vs"
    }

Details

The response includes all fields shared by the three documents (docIds=101,102,103).

Vault allows you to reuse fields across multiple document types by creating shared fields, which exist outside the context of a document type. You can create shared fields or convert existing fields into shared fields in the Vault Admin application. If a shared field is only used in one document type, you can also convert it to a non-shared field. All document fields include the Boolean shared document field. A value of true indicates which the field is shared and the following additional fields are included:

Note the following field metadata:

Metadata Field	Description
`shared`	May be set to true or false.
`usedIn` (`key`)	When `"shared": true`, this lists the document types/subtypes/classifications which share the field.
`usedIn` (`type`)	When `"shared": true`, this indicates if the shared field is defined at the document type, subtype, or classification level.

History

Since v9

Retrieve Document Types

Document type refers both to the structure of hierarchical fields (Type > Subtype > Classification) that determines the relevant document fields, rendition types, and other settings for a document, and to the highest level in that hierarchy.

Vault Document Type API Endpoints:

Retrieve All Document Types - Retrieve all standard and custom document types.
Retrieve Document Type - Specify a document type to retrieve its metadata and subtypes.
Retrieve Document Subtype - Specify a document subtype to retrieve its metadata and classifications.
Retrieve Document Classification - Specify a document classification to retrieve its metadata.

Learn about Configuring Document Types in Vault Help.

Retrieve All Document Types

Retrieve all document types. These are the top-level of the document type/subtype/classification hierarchy.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents

Response (abridged)

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "types": [
        {
            "label": "Base Document",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/base_document__v"
        },
        {
            "label": "Centralized Testing",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/centralized_testing__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Central Trial Documents",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/central_trial_documents__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Country Master File",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/country_master_file__v"
        },
        {
            "label": "Data Management",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/data_management__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Final CRF",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/final_crf__v"
        },
        {
            "label": "IP and Trial Supplies",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/ip_and_trial_supplies__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "IRB/IEC and other Approvals",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/irbiec_and_other_approvals__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Regulatory",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/regulatory__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Safety Reporting",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/safety_reporting__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Site Management",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/site_management__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Site Master File",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/site_master_file__v"
        },
        {
            "label": "Statistics",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/statistics__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "General",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/research_document__c"
        },
        {
            "label": "Third parties",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/third_parties__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Trial Management",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/trial_management__vs"
        },
        {
            "label": "Trial Master File",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/trial_master_file__v"
        },
        {
            "label": "Undefined",
            "value": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/undefined__v"
        }
    ],
    "lock": "https://etmf-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/lock"
}

Details

The response lists all document types configured in the vault. These vary by vault application and configuration.

Standard types end in __v.
Some vaults include sample types __vs.
Admins can configure custom types __c.

The response includes the following information:

Metadata Field	Description
`types`	List of all standard and custom document types in your vault. These are the top-level of the document type/subtype/classification hierarchy.
`label`	Label of each document type as seen in the API and UI.
`value`	URL to retrieve the metadata associated with each document type.
`lock`	URL to retrieve the document lock metadata (document check-out).

The label is displayed in the UI. These can be applied to documents and binders.

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Type

Retrieve all metadata from a document type, including all of its subtypes (when available).

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{type} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Types.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "name": "promotional_piece__vs",
  "label": "Promotional Piece",
  "renditions": [
    "viewable_rendition__v",
    "production_proof__vs",
    "distribution_package__vs",
    "imported_rendition__vs",
    "veeva_distribution_package__vs"
  ],
  "relationshipTypes": [
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Linked Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Based on",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Claims",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Supporting Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Static Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Pieces",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    }
  ],
  "templates": [
    {
      "label": "ANSM Submission",
      "name": "ansm_submission__vs",
      "kind": "binder",
      "definedIn": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "definedInType": "type"
    }
  ],
  "availableLifecycles": [
    {
      "name": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "label": "Promotional Piece"
    }
  ],
  "subtypes": [
    {
      "label": "Advertisement",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Direct Mail",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/direct_mail__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Formulary Announcement",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/formulary_announcement__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Internal Communication",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/internal_communication__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Managed Markets Program",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/managed_markets_program__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Healthcare Practitioner Resources",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/healthcare_practitioner_resources__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Patient Education",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/patient_education__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Promotional Labeling",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/promotional_labeling__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Press Kit Material",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/press_kit_material__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Reminder Item",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/reminder_item__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Reprint",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/reprint__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Speaker Program Materials",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/speaker_program_materials__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Training Materials",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/training_materials__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Convention Item",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/convention_item__vs"
    }
  ]
}

Details

The response includes all metadata for the document specified type. If the type contains subtypes in the document type hierarchy, the list of subtypes and the URLs pointing to their metadata will be included in the response. If no subtypes exist in the document type hierarchy, the list of document fields defined for the specified type will be included in the response.

Each document type may include some or all of the following fields:

Metadata Field	Description
`name`	Name of the document type. Used primarily in the API.
`label`	Label of the document type as seen in the API and UI.
`renditions`	List of all rendition types available for the document type.
`relationshipTypes`	List of all relationship types available for the document type.
`processes`	List of all processes available for the document type (when configured).
`etmfDepartment`	In eTMF vaults only. List of all eTMF departments available for the document type (when configured).
`referenceModels`	In eTMF vaults only. List of all reference models available for the document type.
`defaultWorkflows`	List of all workflows available for the document type.
`availableLifecycles`	List of all lifecycles available for the document type.
`templates`	List of all templates available for the document type (when configured).
`subtypes`	List of all standard and custom document subtypes available for the document type.

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Subtype

Retrieve all metadata from a document subtype, including all of its classifications (when available).

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/subtypes/{subtype}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{type} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Types.
{subtype} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Type.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "name": "advertisement__vs",
  "label": "Advertisement",
  "properties": [
    {
      "name": "id",
      "type": "id",
      "required": true,
      "maxLength": 20,
      "minValue": 0,
      "maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": false,
      "setOnCreateOnly": true,
      "disabled": false,
      "hidden": true,
      "queryable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "name__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "String",
      "required": true,
      "maxLength": 100,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Name",
      "section": "generalProperties",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "helpContent": "The document name.",
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v"
    },
    {
      "name": "product__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "ObjectReference",
      "required": true,
      "repeating": true,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "objectType": "product__v",
      "label": "Product",
      "section": "productInformation",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v",
      "relationshipType": "reference",
      "relationshipName": "document_product__vr"
    },
    ...
    ...
    ...
  ],
  "classifications": [
    {
      "label": "Other Electronic",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/other_electronic__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Print",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/print__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Radio",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/radio__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Television",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/television__vs"
    },
    {
      "label": "Web",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/web__vs"
    }
  ],
  "relationshipTypes": [
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Linked Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Based on",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Claims",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Supporting Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Static Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Pieces",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    }
  ],
  "templates": [
    {
      "label": "ANSM Submission",
      "name": "ansm_submission__vs",
      "kind": "binder",
      "definedIn": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "definedInType": "type"
    }
  ],
  "availableLifecycles": [
    {
      "name": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "label": "Promotional Piece"
    }
  ]
}

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Classification

Retrieve all metadata from a document classification.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/subtypes/{subtype}/classifications/{classification}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{type} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Types.
{subtype} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Type.
{classification} - The document classification. See Retrieve Document Subtype.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/subtypes/advertisement__vs/classifications/print__vs

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "name": "advertisement__vs",
  "label": "Advertisement",
  "properties": [
    {
      "name": "id",
      "type": "id",
      "required": true,
      "maxLength": 20,
      "minValue": 0,
      "maxValue": 9223372036854775807,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": false,
      "setOnCreateOnly": true,
      "disabled": false,
      "hidden": true,
      "queryable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "name__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "String",
      "required": true,
      "maxLength": 100,
      "repeating": false,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "label": "Name",
      "section": "generalProperties",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "helpContent": "The document name.",
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v"
    },
    {
      "name": "product__v",
      "scope": "DocumentVersion",
      "type": "ObjectReference",
      "required": true,
      "repeating": true,
      "systemAttribute": true,
      "editable": true,
      "setOnCreateOnly": false,
      "disabled": false,
      "objectType": "product__v",
      "label": "Product",
      "section": "productInformation",
      "sectionPosition": 1,
      "hidden": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "shared": false,
      "definedInType": "type",
      "definedIn": "base_document__v",
      "relationshipType": "reference",
      "relationshipName": "document_product__vr"
    },
    ...
    ...
    ...
  ],
  "relationshipTypes": [
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Linked Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Based on",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Claims",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Supporting Documents",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "CrossLink Static Bindings",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    },
    {
      "label": "Related Pieces",
      "value": "https://promomats-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships"
    }
  ],
  "templates": [
    {
      "label": "ANSM Submission",
      "name": "ansm_submission__vs",
      "kind": "binder",
      "definedIn": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "definedInType": "type"
    }
  ],
  "availableLifecycles": [
    {
      "name": "promotional_piece__vs",
      "label": "Promotional Piece"
    }
  ]
}

History

Since v1

Retrieve Documents

The following rules govern document retrieval:

Vault only returns documents to which the logged in user has been given access (even if more documents exist).
Unless version operators are used, Vault only returns the latest version of each document.
Vault returns a maximum of 200 documents per page. This can be changed (lowered) using the limit operator. Learn more below.

Identifying Binders

A document pseudo-field binder__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document or a binder.
The value of true means it is a binder, false or absence of this field means it is a document.
If it is a binder, the binder node structure is not listed as part of the response and must be determined through the appropriate Binder API call.

Identifying CrossLink Documents

A document pseudo-field crosslink__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document or a CrossLink document.
The value of true means it is a CrossLink.

Retrieve All Documents

Retrieve the latest version of documents and binders to which you have access.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Options

Using Named Filters: You can include one of the following parameters to filter the results:

named_filter=My Documents - Retrieves only documents which you have created.
named_filter=Favorites - Retrieves all documents which you have marked as favorites in the library.
named_filter=Recent Documents - Retrieves all documents which you have recently accessed.

For example: /api/{version}/objects/documents?named_filter=My Documents

Searching Document Versions: By default, this request returns the latest version of all documents to which you have been given access. However, you can request that the search be performed across all versions of the documents by including the versionscope=all parameter. For example:

/api/{version}/objects/documents?versionscope=all

Performing Keyword Searches: You can search for documents based on keywords in searchable document fields by using the search operator. For example:

/api/{version}/objects/documents?search=hemophilia.

You can expand the search to document content by using the scope operator set to contents or all. For example:

search=hemophilia?scope=contents - Searches only within the document content.
search=hemophilia?scope=all - Searches both within the document content and searchable document fields.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "size": 69,
  "start": 0,
  "limit": 200,
  "documents": [
    {
      "document": {
        "id": 105,
        "version_id": "105_0_1",
        "binder__v": false,
        "coordinator__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "owner__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": [
            25524
          ]
        },
        "approver__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "reviewer__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "distribution_contacts__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "viewer__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "consumer__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "editor__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": []
        },
        "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation",
        "version_creation_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:03:04.094Z",
        "major_version_number__v": 0,
        "annotations_links__v": 0,
        "annotations_all__v": 2,
        "status__v": "Draft",
        "language__v": [
          "English"
        ],
        "filename__v": "cholecap_presentation_q316.pptx",
        "product__v": [
          "00P000000000101"
        ],
        "version_created_by__v": 25524,
        "country__v": [],
        "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
        "document_number__v": "PP-WD--0014",
        "minor_version_number__v": 1,
        "lifecycle__v": "Promotional Piece",
        "subtype__v": "Advertisement",
        "annotations_notes__v": 2,
        "allow_pdf_download__v": [
          "00W000000000201"
        ],
        "classification__v": "Other Electronic",
        "name__v": "CholeCap Presentation",
        "locked__v": false,
        "pages__v": 29,
        "restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
        "type__v": "Promotional Piece",
        "size__v": 623694,
        "md5checksum__v": "0405da0c29698e4249c2a0eca8f6642a",
        "annotations_unresolved__v": 2,
        "last_modified_by__v": 25524,
        "document_creation_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:03:04.094Z",
        "annotations_resolved__v": 0,
        "annotations_lines__v": 0,
        "version_modified_date__v": "2016-03-23T22:04:16.000Z",
        "created_by__v": 25524,
        "media__vs": [
          "Print"
        ]
      }
    },
    ...

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault lists all documents and binders along with their fields and field values.
The document metadata returned will vary based on your vault configuration.

Limit, Sort, and Paginate Results

By default, Vault returns a maximum of 200 documents per page. You can change (lower) this using the limit operator. For example, to limit the number of documents to 20 per page:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents?limit=20

The limit operator must be a positive integer. Values over 200 are ignored.

The default sort order is not based on any document field. You can change the sort parameters by including the sort operator with a field and indicating descending desc or ascending asc. For example, to sort by the name of each document in descending order:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents?sort=name__v desc

With a maximum of 200 records returned per page, you must submit a new request to see the "next page" of results (when more than 200 documents exist). Use the start operator in the same way as the limit operator above. For example, if you're viewing the first page of 200 results out of 1000 total results found and want to see the next 200 results, enter start=201.

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents?start=201

The start operator must be a positive integer. Values equaling to a number larger than the total number of documents will not return any results.

To use limit, start, and sort together, structure the string in the following manner:

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents?limit=10&start=51&sort=name__v desc

The request shown above will return 10 results per page, staring with page 5 (results 51-60), and sort the results by the document name in descending order.

History

Since v1
v4+ - Supports the SCOPE request parameter.
v4+ - Response includes term highlight hints.
v5+ - Includes the binder__v true/false field to distinguish between documents and binders.
v10+ - Supports CrossLink documents.

Retrieve Document

Retrieve all metadata from a document.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "document": {
        "id": 450,
        "binder__v": false,
        "allow_download_embedded_viewer__v": true,
        "reviewer__v": {
            "users": [
                25519,
                25516
            ],
            "groups": [
                1358979070034                    
            ]
        },
        "viewer__v": {
            "users": [
                25519,
                25516,
                25597
            ],
            "groups": [
                1358979070034                    
            ]
        },
        "distribution_contacts__v": {
            "users": [],
            "groups": []
        },
        "consumer__v": {
            "users": [],
            "groups": []
        },
        "approver__v": {
            "users": [
                25516
            ],
            "groups": []
        },
        "editor__v": {
            "users": [
                25519,
                25516
            ],
            "groups": []
        },
        "owner__v": {
            "users": [
                46916
            ],
            "groups": []
        },
        "coordinator__v": {
            "users": [],
            "groups": []
        },
        "crosslink__v": false,
        "lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
        "version_created_by__v": 46916,
        "language__v": [
            "English"
        ],
        "minor_version_number__v": 1,
        "created_by__v": 46916,
        "annotations_lines__v": 0,
        "version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-12T16:24:33.539Z",
        "country__v": [],
        "md5checksum__v": "94e18bdbcf695c905a5968429e0c5204",
        "restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
        "annotations_notes__v": 0,
        "version_modified_date__v": "2015-03-12T16:24:54.000Z",
        "pages__v": 1,
        "major_version_number__v": 1,
        "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
        "product__v": [
            "1357662840293"
        ],
        "export_filename__v": "451Chole",
        "annotations_resolved__v": 0,
        "type__v": "Reference Document",
        "size__v": 11599,
        "description__v": "This is my document.",
        "status__v": "Draft",
        "annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
        "document_creation_date__v": "2015-02-25T01:26:55.845Z",
        "locked__v": false,
        "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
        "annotations_links__v": 0,
        "document_number__v": "REF-0201",
        "annotations_all__v": 0,
        "last_modified_by__v": 46916,
        "name__v": "CholeCap Information",
        "subtype__v": "Prescribing Information"
    },
    "renditions": 
        {
        "viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    },
    "versions": [
        {
            "number": "0.1",
            "value": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/versions/0/1"
        },
        {
            "number": "1.0",
            "value": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/versions/1/0"
        },
        {
            "number": "1.1",
            "value": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/versions/1/1"
        }
    ],
    "attachments": [
        {
            "id": 547,
            "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/450/attachments/547"
        }
    ]
}

Identifying Binders

A document pseudo-field binder__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document or a binder.
The value of true means it is a binder, false or absence of this field means it is a document.
If it is a binder, the binder node structure is not listed as part of the response and must be determined through the appropriate Binder API call.

Identifying CrossLink Documents

A document pseudo-field crosslink__v indicates whether the returned document is a regular document or a CrossLink document.
The value of true means it is a CrossLink.

History

Since v1
v4+ - Response includes term highlight hints.
v5+ - Includes the binder__v true/false field to distinguish between documents and binders.
v10+ - Supports CrossLink documents.

Retrieve Document Versions

Retrieve all versions of a document.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "versions": [
        {
            "number": "0.1",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/1"
        },
        {
            "number": "0.2",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/2"
        },        
        {
            "number": "1.0",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/1/0"
        },        
        {
            "number": "1.1",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/1/1"
        },
        {
            "number": "2.0",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0"
        },
        {
            "number": "2.1",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/1"
        },
        {
            "number": "2.2",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/2"
        },
        {
            "number": "2.3",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3"
        }
    ],
    "renditions":
        {
        "viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",   
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    }
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of all available versions of the specified document. In the response above, document id:534 has 8 different versions. Version 2.0 is the latest steady state version. Version 2.3 is the latest version. This document also has two different renditions: The viewable_rendition__v and a veeva_distribution_package__vs rendition.

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Version

Retrieve all fields and values configured on a document version.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3

Response (abridged)

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "document": {
        "id": 534,
        "allow_download_embedded_viewer__v": true,
        "reviewer__v": {
            "users": [
                46916,
                45589
            ],
            "groups": [
                1359484520721
            ]
            ...
        },    
        "crosslink__v": false,
        "lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
        "version_created_by__v": 46916,
        "language__v": [
            "English"
        ],
        "minor_version_number__v": 3,
        "created_by__v": 46916,
        "annotations_lines__v": 0,
        "version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-13T16:24:33.539Z",
        "country__v": [],
        "md5checksum__v": "94e18bdbcf695c905a5989629e0c5204",
        "restrict_fragments_by_product__v": true,
        "annotations_notes__v": 0,
        "version_modified_date__v": "2015-03-13T16:24:54.000Z",
        "pages__v": 1,
        "major_version_number__v": 2,
        "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
        "product__v": [
            "1357662840293"
        ],
        "export_filename__v": "WD",
        "annotations_resolved__v": 0,
        "type__v": "Reference Document",
        "size__v": 11518,
        "description__v": "",
        "status__v": "Draft",
        "annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
        "document_creation_date__v": "2015-02-25T01:26:55.845Z",
        "locked__v": false,
        "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
        "annotations_links__v": 0,
        "document_number__v": "REF-0059",
        "annotations_all__v": 0,
        "last_modified_by__v": 46916,
        "name__v": "Wonderdrug Information",
        "binder__v": false,
        "subtype__v": "Prescribing Information"
    },
    "renditions": [
        {
        "viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",   
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__vs"
        }
    ],
    "versions": [
        {
            "number": "2.3",
            "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3"
        }
    ],
    "attachments": [
        {
            "id": 547,
            "url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/attachments/547"
        },
        {
            "id": 561,
            "url": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/attachments/561"
        }
    ]
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault returns all fields and values for the specified version of the document. The response above shows information for document id:534 version 2.3.

History

Since v1

Download Document File

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/file

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml
For this request, the Accept header controls only the error response. On SUCCESS, the response is a file stream (download).

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/file > file

You can also "check out" the document before the retrieval by setting lockDocument request parameter to true (this is set to false by default).

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/file?lockDocument=true > file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="CholeCap-Presentation.pptx"

Response

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of the source file from the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file.

History

Since v1
v6+ - Supports document lock (check-out) prior to download.

Download Document Version File

Download the file of a specific document version.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/file

Headers

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/file > file

You can also "check out" the document version before the retrieval by setting lockDocument request parameter to true (this is set to false by default).

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/file?lockDocument=true > file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="CholeCap-Presentation.pptx"

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version of the source file from the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file.

History

Since v1
v6+ - Supports document lock (check-out) prior to download.

Download Document Version Thumbnail File

Download the thumbnail image file of a specific document version.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/thumbnail

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/3/thumbnail > thumbnail.png

Response

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the thumbnail image for the specified version of the document. The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to image/png.

History

Since v6

Create Documents

The API supports the following create document actions:

Create Document from Uploaded File
Create Document from Template
Create Content Placeholder Document
Create Unclassified Document
Create CrossLink Document

These all involve creating one document at a time.

About Required & Editable Fields

When creating a new document, certain standard fields are required in all vaults. These are listed below with each request.
Your Vault Admin may set additional standard or custom document fields to required in your vault.
If a required field is not included in the request, Vault returns a PARAMETER_REQUIRED error with the name of the missing field.

To retrieve document fields in your vault:

Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve all fields configured on documents. In the field specifications: Required fields: required:true / Editable fields: editable:true.
Use the Vault Loader Document Extract to retrieve fields and values configured on specific documents.
Go to Admin > Configuration > Document Fields and find all fields marked "Required" and those which are editable. Learn more in Vault Help.

About Document Name Defaulting

When creating new documents, the document name__v is a required standard field.
However, your Vault Admin may define a format for auto-populating the field's default value.
When configured for document name defaulting, the name__v field is not required.
If the name__v field is provided through the API, the value overwrites the auto-generated default name.
Learn about Document Name Defaulting in Vault Help.

For example:

The table below describes the behavior when document name defaulting is not enabled.

`file`	`name__v`	Result
Storyboard_0725.docx	My Story Board 07-25	The new document is created and named "My Story Board 07-25"
Storyboard_0725.docx		The document is not created and an error is returned: "Missing required parameter `name__v`".

The table below describes the behavior when document name defaulting is enabled.

`file`	`name__v`	Key	Result
Storyboard_0725.docx		{filename}	The new document is created and named "Storyboard_0725". With document name defaulting on, the `name__v` field value is not required. The custom name key {filename} key tells Vault to use the name of the uploaded file as the document name.
Storyboard_0725.docx	My Story Board 07-25	{filename}	The new document is created and named "My Story Board 07-25". Even though the custom format says to use the filename, the user-defined `name__v` value overrides it.

Where:

file is the name of the file being used to create the document.
name__v is the user-defined name for the new document.
"Key" is the token entered into the "Use Custom Name" field section of the document type details.

About Default Document Field Values

Some document fields allow default values to be specified by Admin. When a field includes default values and the field is omitted from the request, the field is automatically populated with the value during document creation. When the field is included in the request, the field values specified in the input override the default values.

You can find out which field has a default by analyzing the defaultValue metadata field on the document field.

For example:

{
    "name": "region__c",
    "type": "Picklist",
    "required": false,
    "editable": true,
    "defaultValue": [
        "North America"
    ],
    "label": "Region",
    "entryLabels": [
        "North America",
        "South America"
    ],...
}

Shown above are select portions of the region__c document field metadata.

The field is not required when creating a new document.
The field is editable, meaning you can add or remove its values.
The field has a default value. When a document is created, this field is automatically assigned the value "North America".
The field can be assigned the alternate value "South America" by including it in the input when creating the document.

Create Document from Uploaded File

Most documents in your vault are created from uploaded source files, e.g., "mydocument.docx". Learn about Supported File Formats in Vault Help. Once uploaded with values assigned to document fields, Vault generates the viewable rendition, e.g., "mydocument.docx.pdf". Learn about Viewable Renditions in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Required Standard Fields

When creating a new document, the following standard fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new document.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to assign to the new document.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document.
`major_version_number__v`	The major version number to assign to the new document.
`minor_version_number__v`	The minor version number to assign to the new document.

Additional Required & Editable Fields

Admin may set other standard or custom document fields to required in your vault. Learn about Required Document Fields above. If a required field is not included, Vault returns a PARAMETER_REQUIRED error with the name of the missing field. You may include name-value pairs for other optional, editable document fields and values. Learn about Editable Document Fields above.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=gludacta-document-01.docx" \
-F "name__v=Gludacta Document" \
-F "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-F "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-F "classification__v=Web" \
-F "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
-F "major_version_number__v=0" \
-F "minor_version_number__v=1" \
-F "product__v=0PR0303" \
-F "external_id__v=GLU-DOC-0773" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

This example includes:

The file parameter with the name of the source file being used to create the new document.
All required fields (in our vault) to create a new document of the specified document type.
The specified major and minor document version numbers will create this document as version 0.1.
The optional (in our vault) product__v document field name with the product object record ID to assign to the new document.
The optional (in our vault) external_id__v document field with a document external ID to assign to the new document.

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "successfully created document",
    "id": 773
}

On SUCCESS, the document is created and assigned a system-managed document id field value.

History

Since v1
v7+ - Supports asynchronous metadata indexing.
v8+ - Supports suppress generation of viewable rendition.

Create Document from Template

Vault document templates allow quick creation of new documents from preconfigured templates in your vault. When you create the new document, Vault copies the template file and uses that copy as the source file for the new document. This process bypasses the content upload process and allows for more consistent document creation. Document templates are associated with a specific document type, like documents themselves. Learn about Document Templates in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Select the Document Template

To indicate the template to apply, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "fromTemplate={template_name}". The template must exist in the vault.

Required Standard Fields

When creating a new document, the following standard fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new document.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to assign to the new document.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document.
`major_version_number__v`	The major version number to assign to the new document.
`minor_version_number__v`	The minor version number to assign to the new document.

Additional Required & Editable Fields

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-d "fromTemplate=promo_doc_template__c" \
-d "name__v=Gludacta Document" \
-d "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-d "classification__v=Web" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=2" \
-d "product__v=0PR0303" \
-d "external_id__v=GLU-DOC-0774" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

This example includes:

The fromTemplate parameter with the name of the template being used to create the new document.
All required fields (in our vault) to create a new document of the specified document type.
The specified major and minor document version numbers will create this document as version 0.2.
The optional (in our vault) product__v document field name with the product object record ID to assign to the new document.
The optional (in our vault) external_id__v document field with a document external ID to assign to the new document.

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "successfully created document",
    "id": 774
}

On SUCCESS, the document is created and assigned a system-managed document id field value.

History

Since v5
v7+ - Supports asynchronous metadata indexing.
v8+ - Supports suppress generation of viewable rendition.

Create Content Placeholder Document

You can create a content placeholder document when the associated source file is not yet available and then, add the source file at a later date. Creating a content placeholder document is just like creating a document from an uploaded file, but the file parameter is not included in the request. Learn about Content Placeholders in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Required Standard Fields

When creating a new document, the following standard fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new document.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to assign to the new document.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document.
`major_version_number__v`	The major version number to assign to the new document.
`minor_version_number__v`	The minor version number to assign to the new document.

Additional Required & Editable Fields

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-d "name__v=Gludacta Document" \
-d "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-d "classification__v=Web" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=2" \
-d "product__v=0PR0303" \
-d "external_id__v=GLU-DOC-0775" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

This example includes:

All required fields (in our vault) to create a new document of the specified document type.
The specified major and minor document version numbers will create this document as version 0.2.
The optional (in our vault) product__v document field name with the product object record ID to assign to the new document.
The optional (in our vault) external_id__v document field with a document external ID to assign to the new document.

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "successfully created document",
    "id": 775
}

On SUCCESS, the document is created and assigned a system-managed document id field value.

History

Since v1
v7+ - Supports asynchronous metadata indexing.
v8+ - Supports suppress generation of viewable rendition.

Create Unclassified Document

Unclassified documents are documents which have a source file, but no document type. Bypassing the steps to classify the document and populate document properties allows you to upload source files and create documents more quickly. Learn about Unclassified Documents in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Required Standard Fields

When creating an unclassified document, the following standard fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`type__v`	Set the document type to "Undefined".
`lifecycle__v`	Set the document lifecycle to "Unclassified".

In eTMF vaults, you can also (optionally) set the following fields:

product__v
study__v
study_country__v
site__v

Any other fields included in the input will be ignored. The document name (name__v) will default to the name of the uploaded file.

Example (All vaults)

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap Information.docx" \
-F "type__v=Undefined" \
-F "lifecycle__v=Unclassified" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents

Example (eTMF vaults)

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap Information.docx" \
-F "type__v=Undefined" \
-F "lifecycle__v=Unclassified" \
-F "product__v=00P000000000101" \
-F "study__v=0ST000000000501" \
-F "study_country__v=0SC000000000401" \
-F "site__v=0SI000000000301" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "successfully created document",
    "id": 776
}

On SUCCESS, the new unclassified document is created and assigned a document id.

History

Since v1
v7+ - Supports asynchronous metadata indexing.
v8+ - Supports suppress generation of viewable rendition.

Create CrossLink Document

CrossLink documents enable content from one vault to be used in another vault within the same domain. A CrossLink document in your vault uses the viewable rendition from a source document in another [source] vault, with different fields, lifecycle, and workflows. When creating a CrossLink document, you must include all document fields that are required for the specified document type/subtype/classification and no file is uploaded. You must also specify the vault ID and document ID for the source document which will be bound to the new CrossLink document. Learn about CrossLinks in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Required Standard Fields

When creating a new CrossLink document, the following standard fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new CrossLink document.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to assign to the new CrossLink document.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new CrossLink document.
`major_version_number__v`	The major version number to assign to the new CrossLink document
`minor_version_number__v`	The minor version number to assign to the new CrossLink document.
`source_vault_id__v`	The vault `id` field value of the vault containing the source document that will be bound to the new CrossLink document. Learn more.
`source_document_id__v`	The document `id` field value of the source document that will be bound to the new CrossLink document.

Optional Standard Fields

When creating a new CrossLink document, the following standard fields referencing the source document are optional:

Field Name	Description
`source_binding_rule__v`	Possible values: `Latest version`, `Latest Steady State version`, or `Specific Document version`. These define which version of the source document will be bound to the CrossLink document. If not specified, this defaults to the `Latest Steady State version`.
`bound_source_major_version__v`	When the `source_binding_rule__v` is set to `Specific Document version`, you must specify the major version number of the source document to bind to the CrossLink document.
`bound_source_minor_version__v`	When the `source_binding_rule__v` is set to `Specific Document version`, you must specify the minor version number of the source document to bind to the CrossLink document.

Additional Required & Editable Fields

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-d "name__v=Gludacta Document" \
-d "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "subtype__v=Advertisement" \
-d "classification__v=Web" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=1" \
-d "source_vault_id__v=2112" \
-d "source_document_id__v=101" \
-d "source_binding_rule__v=Specific Document version" \
-d "bound_source_major_version__v=1" \
-d "bound_source_major_version__v=3" \
-d "product__v=0PR0303" \
-d "external_id__v=GLU-DOC-0777" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

This example includes:

All required fields (in our vault) to create a new document of the specified document type.
The specified major and minor document version numbers will create this CrossLink document as version 0.1.
The ID of the source vault and source document which will be bound to the CrossLink document in our vault.
The binding rule specifying that the new CrossLink document will be statically bound to version 1.3 of the source document.
The optional (in our vault) product__v document field name with the product object record ID to assign to the new CrossLink document.
The optional (in our vault) external_id__v document field with a document external ID to assign to the new CrossLink document.

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "successfully created document",
    "id": 775
}

On SUCCESS, the document is created and assigned a system-managed document id field value.

History

Since v10

Create Multiple Documents

This endpoint allows you to create multiple documents at once with a CSV input file.

The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Prepare a CSV input file. There are multiple ways to create documents in bulk. The following shows the required standard fields needed to create documents, but an Admin may set other standard or custom document fields as required in your vault. To find which fields are required, retrieve document fields. You can also optionally include any editable document field.

Request

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\create_documents.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE"
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document was not created."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Update Documents

Update Single Document

Update editable field values on the latest version of a single document. To update past document versions, see Update Document Version.

PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`application/x-www-form-urlencoded`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `application/xml`

URI Path Parameters

Name	Description
`{doc_id}`	The document `id` field value.

Body Parameters

In the body of the request, add any editable field values that you wish to update. To find these fields, retrieve fields configured on documents. Editable fields will have editable:true. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.

Example Request

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "language__v=English" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "audience__vs=consumer__vs" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534

Example Response

{
"responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
"id": 534
}

Update Multiple Documents

Bulk update editable field values on multiple documents. You can only update the latest version of each document. To update past document versions, see Update Document Version.

The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 1,000.

PUT /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv` or `application/x-www-form-urlencoded`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

You can use Name-Value pairs in the body of your request or you can upload a CSV. id is the only required field, and you can update values of any editable document field. To find these fields, retrieve fields configured on documents. Editable fields will have editable:true. To remove existing field values, include the field name and set its value to null.

Name	Description
`id`	ID of the document to update

Example Request

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\update_documents.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v9.0/objects/documents/batch

Example Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
        }
    ]
}

Reclassify Document

Reclassify allows you to change the document type of an existing document or assign a document type to an existing unclassified document. A document "type" is the combination of the type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v fields on a document. When you reclassify, Vault may add or remove certain fields on the document. You can only reclassify the latest version of a document and only one document at a time. The API does not currently support Bulk Reclassify.

Learn more about:

Vault Help: Reclassifying Documents.
API: Retrieve Documents
API: Retrieve Document Fields
API: Retrieve Document Types, Subtypes, and Classifications
API: Create Unclassified Documents

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Input

Field Name	Description
`reclassify`	Set to `true`. Without this, a standard document update action is performed.
`type__v`	The name of the document type.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the document lifecycle.

You can also add or remove values for any other editable document field. Note that additional fields may be required depending on the document type, subtype, and classification being assigned to the document. Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve required and editable fields in your vault. If a required field is missing, the error response will list the name of the required field.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "reclassify=true" \
-d "type__v=Promotional Piece" \
-d "subtype=Advertisement" \
-d "classification__v=Web" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Promotional Piece" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/775

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 775
}

History

Since v8

Update Document Version

Update editable field values on a specific version of a document. See also Update Document above.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "language__v=English" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "audience__vs=consumer__vs" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 534
}

On SUCCESS, Vault updates field values for the specified version of the document and returns the ID of the updated document.

History

Since v1

Create Multiple Document Versions

Create or add document versions in bulk.

Your vault must be in Migration Mode.
The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/versions/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Name	Description
`file`	The filepath of your source file. If the current version of the document includes a source file, you must include a source file for any past versions. The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.
`id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.
`external_id__v`	Optional: Instead of `id`, you can use this user-defined document external ID.
`name__v`	Enter a name for the new document. This may be the same name as the existing document/version or a different name.
`type__v`	Enter the name of the document type to assign to the new document.
`subtype__v`	Enter the name of the document subtype (if one exists on the document type).
`classification__v`	Enter the name of the document classification (if one exists on the document subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	Enter the name of the document lifecycle to assign to the new document. This may be the same lifecycle as the existing document/version or a different lifecycle.
`major_version_number__v`	Enter the major version number to assign to the new document version. This must be a version that does not yet exist on the document being updated.
`minor_version_number__v`	Enter the minor version number to assign to the new document. This must be a version that does not yet exist on the document being updated.
`status__v`	Enter a status for the new document, e.g., Draft, In Review, Approved, etc.
`product__v`	Example: This is an example object reference field. To assign value for this field type, include either the document field name `product__v` or the document field name plus the name field on the object `product__v.name__v`.

Query String Parameters

Name	Description
`idParam`	If you're identifying documents in your input by their external ID, add `idParam=external_id__v` to the request endpoint.

Request

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\add_document_versions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0/objects/documents/versions/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
            "major_version_number__v": 1,
            "minor_version_number__v": 0
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE"
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document version was not added."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Create Single Document Version

Create a new draft version of an existing document or create a new draft version by uploading and replacing the document source file. Both of these actions will increase the document by a minor version number.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Options

To create a new draft version from the existing document in the vault, include createDraft=latestContent in the input as shown in Example 1 below. This does not require uploading a file. For example, you want to create version 0.2 from the existing version 0.1. This is analogous to using the Create Draft action in the UI.

To create a new draft version by uploading and replacing the document source file, include the createDraft=uploadedContent in the input as shown in Example 2 below. This requires uploading a new source file. To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB. For example, you want to create version 0.2 but do not want to use the existing version 0.1. This is analogous to using the Upload New Version action in the UI.

With either of the above options, you may suppress automatic generation of the viewable rendition by adding the suppressRendition=true query parameter to the request endpoint. This is shown in Example 3 below.

Example 1

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "createDraft=latestContent" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534

Example 2

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Presentation.pptx" \
-F "createDraft=uploadedContent" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534

Example 3

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Presentation.pptx" \
-F "createDraft=uploadedContent" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534?suppressRendition=true

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": "New draft successfully created.",
  "major_version_number__v": 0,
  "minor_version_number__v": 2
}

History

Since v7
v8+ - Supports suppress generation of viewable rendition

Delete Documents

The API allows you to delete all versions of a document or a specific version. This can also be done in bulk using the Bulk Documents API or Vault Loader (UI). After documents are deleted, the API allows you to retrieve their IDs for up to 30 days. The deleted files themselves are removed from the server and can only be retrieved by Vault Support.

Delete Single Document

Delete all versions of a document, including all source files and viewable renditions.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}

Headers

Name	Description
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `application/xml`

URI Path Parameters

Name	Description
`document_id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.

Request

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 534
}

Delete Multiple Documents

Delete all versions of a document, including all source files and viewable renditions.

The maximum input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv` or `application/json`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Create a CSV or JSON input file. Choose one of the following two ways to identify documents for deletion:

Name	Description
`id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.
`external_id__v`	Optional: Instead of `id`, you can use this user-defined document external ID.

Query String Parameters

Name	Description
`idParam`	If you're identifying documents in your input by their external ID, add `idParam=external_id__v` to the request endpoint.

Request

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_documents.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773"
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE",
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document was not deleted."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Delete Single Document Version

Request

Delete a specific version of a document, including the version's source file and viewable rendition. Other versions of the document remain unchanged. See also Delete Document.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/versions/{major_version}/{minor_version}

Headers

Name	Description
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

URI Path Parameters

Name	Description
`{doc_id}`	The document `id` field value.
`{major_version}`	The document `major_version_number__v` field value.
`{minor_version}`	The document `minor_version_number__v` field value.

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/versions/0/2

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 534
}

Delete Multiple Document Versions

Delete a specific version from multiple documents, including the version's source file and viewable rendition.

The maximum input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/versions/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv` or `application/json`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Create a CSV or JSON input file.

Name	Description
`id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.
`external_id__v`	Optional: Instead of `id`, you can use this user-defined document external ID.
`major_version_number__v`	Major version number of the document version to remove.
`minor_version_number__v`	Minor version number of the document version to remove.

Query String Parameters

Name	Description
`idParam`	If you're identifying documents in your input by their external ID, add `idParam=external_id__v` to the request endpoint.

Request

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_document_versions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/versions/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
            "major_version_number__v": 1,
            "minor_version_number__v": 0
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE",
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document version was not deleted."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Retrieve Deleted Documents

Retrieve the IDs of documents that have been deleted from a vault within the past 30 days.

After documents and document versions are deleted from a vault, their IDs are still available for retrieval for 30 days. After that, they cannot be retrieved. This request supports optional parameters to narrow the results to a specific date and time range within the past 30 days.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/deletions/documents

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml or CSV text/csv

Options

You can modify the request by using one or both of the following parameters:

start_date - [Optional] Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) after which Vault will look for deleted documents.
end_date - [Optional] Specify a date (no more than 30 days past) before which Vault will look for deleted documents.

For example, assuming today is January 20:

To retrieve all documents deleted since 7AM on January 15: api/v14.0/objects/deletions/documents?start_date=2016-01-16T07:00:00Z
To retrieve all documents deleted between 7AM - 5PM on January 15: api/v14.0/objects/deletions/documents?start_date=2016-01-16T07:00:00Z&end_date=2016-01-16T17:00:00Z

About dates and times:

Dates and times are in UTC and must be formatted as YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ.
If the time is not specified, it will default to midnight (T00:00:00Z) on the specified date.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/deletions/documents

Response (abridged)

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "OK",
    "responseDetails": {
        "limit": 1000,
        "size": 88,
        "offset": 0,
        "total": 88

    },
    "data": [
        {
            "id": 690,

                    "major_version_number__v": 0,
                    "minor_version_number__v": 1,
                    "date_deleted": "2016-02-10T00:29:45Z"

        },
        {
            "id": 690,

                    "major_version_number__v": 0,
                    "minor_version_number__v": 2,
                    "date_deleted": "2016-02-10T00:29:45Z"

        },
        {
            "id": 691,

                    "major_version_number__v": 0,
                    "minor_version_number__v": 1,
                    "date_deleted": "2016-02-10T23:46:07Z"

        },
        {
            "id": 692,

                    "major_version_number__v": 0,
                    "minor_version_number__v": 1,
                    "date_deleted": "2016-02-10T00:29:37Z"

        },
        ...

Details

The abridged response shows that a total of 88 documents were deleted from this vault in the past 30 days. Document ID 690 had two versions (0.1 and 0.2) which were deleted. Document IDs 691 and 692 each has their 0.1 versions deleted. The response includes the date and time when each document was deleted. This is displayed in UTC, not in the user's time zone.

History

Since v13

Document Locks

A document "lock" is analogous to "checking out a document" but without the file attached in the response for download. To download the document file after locking it, use the Download Document File endpoint.

Learn about Document Checkout (Locks) in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Lock Metadata

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/lock

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/lock

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "name": "lock",
    "properties": [
        {
            "name": "locked_by__v",
            "scope": "Lock",
            "type": "ObjectReference",
            "required": true,
            "systemAttribute": true,
            "editable": false,
            "setOnCreateOnly": false,
            "disabled": false,
            "objectType": "User",
            "label": "Locked By",
            "hidden": false
        },
        {
            "name": "locked_date__v",
            "scope": "Lock",
            "type": "DateTime",
            "required": true,
            "systemAttribute": true,
            "editable": false,
            "setOnCreateOnly": false,
            "disabled": false,
            "objectType": "DateTime",
            "label": "Locked Date",
            "hidden": false
        }
    ]
}

Details

Metadata Field	Description
`name`	The "name" of the field used in the API. These include `locked_by__v`, `locked_date__v`, etc.
`label`	The "label" of the field used in the UI. These include "Locked By", "Locked Date", etc.
`type`	The "type" of field. These include "ObjectReference", "DateTime", etc.
`scope`	The "scope" of the field. This value is "Lock" for all fields.
`required`	Indicates if the field is required.
`systemAttribute`	Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field is a standard (system-managed) field, i.e., not editable by the user.
`editable`	Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field can be set or changed by the user, i.e., not system-managed.
`setOnCreateOnly`	Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field can only be set during creation of a new document.
`objectType`	When the field `type` is "ObjectReference", this field indicates the object which is being referenced.
`hidden`	Boolean (true/false) field which indicates if the field is "hidden" (not available).

History

Since v1
v6 - Changes to metadata property names.

Create Document Lock

A document lock is analogous to checking out a document but without the file attached in the response for download. To download the document file after locking it, use the Download Document File endpoint.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/lock

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/lock

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Document successfully checked out."
}

On SUCCESS, Vault locks the document and other users are not allowed to lock (check-out) the document.

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Lock

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/lock

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/lock

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "lock": {
        "locked_by__v": 46916,
        "locked_date__v": "2015-03-20T23:47:11.000Z"
    }
}

Details

If the document is locked (checked out), the response includes the user id field value of the person who checked it out and the date and time. If the document is not locked, the lock fields shown above will not be returned.

History

Since v1

Delete Document Lock

Deleting a document lock is analogous to undoing check out of a document.

Request

You can delete the document lock by sending a DELETE request to the /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/lock

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/lock

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Undo check out successful."
}

On SUCCESS, Vault unlocks the document, allowing other users to lock/check out the document.

History

Since v1

Document Renditions

Learn about Document Renditions in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Renditions

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "renditionTypes": [
        "viewable_rendition__v",
        "imported_rendition__vs",
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    ],
    "renditions": {
        "viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    }
}

Details

Metadata Field	Description
`renditionTypes[n]`	List of all rendition types configured for the specified document.
`renditions[n]`	List of renditions available for the specified document and the endpoint URL to retrieve them.

History

Since v1

Retrieve Document Version Renditions

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/renditions

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "renditionTypes": [
        "viewable_rendition__v",
        "imported_rendition__vs",
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    ],
    "renditions": {
        "viewable_rendition__v": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/viewable_rendition__v",
        "veeva_distribution_package__vs": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/veeva_distribution_package__vs"
    }
}

History

Since v7

Download Document Rendition File

Download a rendition (file) from the latest version of a document.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{rendition_type} - The document rendition type.

Options

/api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}?steadyState=true
Download a rendition (file) from the latest steady state version (1.0, 2.0, etc.) of a document.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/viewable_rendition__v > file

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the file associated with the given renditions type for the document.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream.

History

Since v1
v6+ - Supports the steadyState request parameter.

Download Document Version Rendition File

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{major_version_number__v} - The document major_version_number__v field value.
{minor_version_number__v} - The document minor_version_number__v field value.
{rendition_type} - The document rendition type.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/viewable_rendition__v > file

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the file associated with the given renditions type for the specified document version.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream.

History

Since v7

Add Multiple Document Renditions

Add document renditions in bulk.

Your vault must be in Migration Mode.
The maximum CSV input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/renditions/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Name	Description
`file`	The file path of your source files.
`id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.
`external_id__v`	Optional: Instead of `id`, you can use this user-defined document external ID.
`rendition_type__v`	Document rendition type to assign to the new rendition. Only one rendition of each type may exist on each document.
`major_version_number__v`	Major version number to assign to the new document rendition.
`minor_version_number__v`	Minor version number to assign to the new document rendition.

Query String Parameters

Name	Description
`idParam`	If you're identifying documents in your input by their external ID, add `idParam=external_id__v` to the request endpoint.

Request

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\add_document_renditions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v10.0/objects/documents/renditions/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
            "major_version_number__v": 1,
            "minor_version_number__v": 0,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE",
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document rendition was not added."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Add Single Document Rendition

POST /api/{version}/objects/documents/{doc_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`application/json` or `multipart/form-data`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `application/xml`

URI Path Parameters

Name	Description
`{doc_id}`	The document `id` field value.
`{rendition_type}`	The document rendition type.

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Request

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__c

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Response Details

On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the specified document.

Upload Document Version Rendition

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/imported_rendition__vs

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the document with the specified version number.

History

Since v7

Replace Document Rendition

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{rendition_type} - The document rendition type.

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__vs

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault replaces the rendition of the given type from the latest version of the document.

History

Since v7

Replace Document Version Rendition

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=CholeCap-Document.pdf" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/imported_rendition__vs

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault replaces the rendition of the given type for the specified version of the document.

History

Since v7

Delete Multiple Document Renditions

Delete document renditions in bulk.

The maximum input file size is 1GB.
The values in the input must be UTF-8 encoded.
CSVs must follow the standard format.
The maximum batch size is 500.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/renditions/batch

Headers

Name	Description
`Content-Type`	`text/csv` or `application/json`
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `text/csv`

Body Parameters

Create a CSV or JSON input file.

Name	Description
`id`	The system-assigned document ID of the document to delete.
`external_id__v`	Optional: Instead of `id`, you can use this user-defined document external ID.
`rendition_type__v`	Rendition type to delete from the document.
`rendition_type__v`	Document rendition type to delete from the document.
`major_version_number__v`	Major version number of the document rendition to remove.
`minor_version_number__v`	Minor version number of the document rendition to remove.

Query String Parameters

Name	Description
`idParam`	If you're identifying documents in your input by their external ID, add `idParam=external_id__v` to the request endpoint.

Request

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Documents\delete_document_renditions.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v13.0/objects/documents/renditions/batch

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 771,
            "external_id__v": "ALT-DOC-0771",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 772,
            "external_id__v": "CHO-DOC-0772",
            "major_version_number__v": 0,
            "minor_version_number__v": 2,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },
        {
            "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
            "id": 773,
            "external_id__v": "GLU-DOC-0773",
            "major_version_number__v": 1,
            "minor_version_number__v": 0,
            "rendition_type__c": "imported_rendition__c"
        },        
        {
            "responseStatus": "FAILURE",
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DATA",
                    "message": "Error message describing why this document rendition was not added."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Delete Single Document Rendition

On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the rendition of specified type from the latest document version.

DELETE /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Name	Description
`Accept`	`application/json` (default) or `application/xml`

URI Path Parameters

Name	Description
`{document_id}` - The document `id` field value.
`{rendition_type}` - The document rendition type.

Request

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v15.0/objects/documents/534/renditions/imported_rendition__vs

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Delete Document Version Rendition

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/renditions/{rendition_type}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/renditions/imported_rendition__vs

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the rendition of the given type from the specified version of the document.

History

Since v1

Document Attachments

Learn about Document Attachments in Vault Help.

Determine if a Document has Attachments

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565

Response (abridged)

{
    ...
    "attachments": [
        {
            "id": 566,
            "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566"
        },
        {
            "id": 567,
            "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567"
        }
    ]
}

Shown above, document id 565 has two different attachments: id 566 and id 567. Note that this endpoint does not retrieve the number of versions of each attachment nor the attachment metadata. The "attachments" attribute is displayed in the response for documents in which attachments have been enabled on the document type (even if the document has no attachments).

History

Since v12

List Document Attachments

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "id": 566,
            "filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
            "format__v": "image/png",
            "size__v": 109828,
            "md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
            "version__v": 2,
            "created_by__v": 46916,
            "created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z",
            "versions": [
                {
                    "version__v": 1,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
                },
                {
                    "version__v": 2,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "id": 567,
            "filename__v": "Site Facilities Contacts.docx",
            "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
            "size__v": 11483,
            "md5checksum__v": "bddd2e18f40dd09ab4939ddd2acefeac",
            "version__v": 3,
            "created_by__v": 46916,
            "created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:12.320Z",
            "versions": [
                {
                    "version__v": 1,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/1"
                },
                {
                    "version__v": 2,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/2"
                },
                {
                    "version__v": 3,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/3"
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Details

Shown above, document id 565 has two different attachments. Attachment id 566 is an image file with two versions. Attachment id 567 is a Word document with three versions. Unlike "regular" document versioning, attachment versioning uses integer numbers beginning with 1 and incrementing sequentially (1, 2, 3,...). There is no concept of major or minor version numbers with attachments.

History

Since v12

Retrieve Document Attachment Metadata

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "id": 566,
            "filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
            "format__v": "image/png",
            "size__v": 109828,
            "md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
            "version__v": 2,
            "created_by__v": 46916,
            "created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z",
            "versions": [
                {
                    "version__v": 1,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
                },
                {
                    "version__v": 2,
                    "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Details

The md5checksum__v field is calculated on the latest version of the attachment. If an attachment is added which has the same MD5 checksum value as an existing attachment on a given document, the new attachment is not added.

Vault Document Attachments include the following fields (metadata):

Field Name	Description
`id`	ID of the attachment. This is set by the system.
`version__v`	Version of the attachment. Attachment versioning uses integer numbers beginning with 1 and incrementing sequentially (1, 2, 3,...). There is no concept of major or minor version numbers with attachments.
`filename__v`	File name of the attachment.
`description__v`	Optional description added to the attachment. You can add descriptions up to 1000 characters in length.
`format__v`	File format of the attachment. You can add any type of file as an attachment.
`size__v`	File size of the attachment. You can add up to 50 attachments to a document; each must be under 2GB.
`md5checksum__v`	MD5 checksum value calculated for the attachment. To avoid creating identical versions, Vault assigns each a checksum value. When you add an attachment with the same file name and checksum value, Vault ignores the new file and does not version the existing attachment.
`created_by__v`	User ID of the person who created the attachment.
`created_date__v`	Date the attachment was created.
`versions[n]`	List of links to earlier versions of the attachment.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to retrieve attachments from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve metadata from an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.

History

Since v12

List Document Attachment Versions

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "version__v": 1,
            "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/1"
        },
        {
            "version__v": 2,
            "url": "https://myvault.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2"
        }
    ]
}

Details

Unlike documents, attachment versions use integer values starting with version 1 and incrementing sequentially (2, 3, 4,...). Attachments do not use major or minor version numbers.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to retrieve attachments from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve metadata from an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}/versions/{version}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve metadata from a specific version {version} of an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document. The attachment {id} exists but the version number {version} does not.

History

Since v12

Retrieve Document Attachment Version Metadata

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.
{attachment_version} - The attachment version__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/566/versions/2

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "id": 566,
            "filename__v": "Site Area Map.png",
            "format__v": "image/png",
            "size__v": 109828,
            "md5checksum__v": "78b36d9602530e12051429e62558d581",
            "version__v": 2,
            "created_by__v": 46916,
            "created_date__v": "2015-01-14T00:35:01.775Z"
        }
    ]
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}. You are trying to retrieve attachments from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist. You are trying to retrieve metadata from an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}/versions/{version}] does not exist. You are trying to retrieve metadata from a specific version {version} of an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document. The attachment {id} exists but the version number {version} does not.

History

Since v12

Download Document Attachment File

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/file

Headers

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of the attachment from the document. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource does not contain attachments.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment from a document which does not have any attachments.

History

Since v12

Download Document Attachment Version File

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}/file

Headers

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.
{attachment_version} - The attachment version__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/1/file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="file.pdf"

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version of the attachment from the document. The file name is the same as the attachment file name.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}/versions/{version}] does not exist.	You are trying to retrieve a specific version {version} of an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document. The attachment {id} exists but the version number {version} does not.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource does not contain attachments.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment from a document which does not have any attachments.

History

Since v12

Download All Document Attachment Files

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/file

Headers

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="Document VV-02839 (v0.1) - attachments.zip"

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the latest version of all attachments from the document. The attachments are packaged in a ZIP file with the file name: Document {document number} (v. {major version}.{minor version}) - attachments.zip.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When downloading attachments with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the attachment. Note that for most attachment downloads (larger file sizes), the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to retrieve an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource does not contain attachments.	You are trying to retrieve attachments from a document which does not have any attachments.

History

Since v12

Delete Document Attachment

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the specific attachment and all its versions.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to delete an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to delete an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.

History

Since v12

Delete Document Attachment Version

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.
{attachment_version} - The attachment version__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/3

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to delete an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to delete an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.

History

Since v12

Add Document Attachment

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 2GB.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=my_attachment_file.png" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data":
    {
        "id": "567",
        "version__v": 3
    }
}

Details

On SUCCESS, the response will contain the attachment ID and version of the newly added attachment. Document attachments are automatically bound to all versions of a document. The following attribute values are determined based on the file in the request: filename__v, format__v, size__v.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to add an attachment from a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource is not enabled for attachments.	You are trying to add an attachment to a document for which attachments have not been enabled.
`OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED`	Cannot add an attachment : number of allowed attachments exceeds max [50].	You are trying to add an attachment to a document which already has the maximum number of allowed attachments (50).
`OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED`	Cannot add an attachment : maximum attachment file size exceeds max [{n}].	You are trying to add an attachment to a document which exceeds the maximum file size allowed for an attachment (2GB).

History

Since v12

Restore Document Attachment Version

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}/versions/{attachment_version}?restore=true

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.
{attachment_version} - The attachment version__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments/567/versions/2?restore=true

The parameter restore must be set to true

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data":
    {
        "id": "567",
        "version__v": 3
    }
}

On SUCCESS, Vault restores the specific version of an existing attachment to make it the latest version. The response will contain the attachment ID and version of the restored attachment.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to restore an attachment to a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to restore an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}/versions/{version}] does not exist.	You are trying to restore a specific version {version} of an attachment {id} to make it the latest version, but the attachment or version do not exist.
`PARAMETER_REQUIRED`	Missing required parameter [restore].	You are trying to restore a specific version of an attachment but did not include the "restore" parameter.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource is not enabled for attachments.	You are trying to restore an attachment to a document for which attachments have not been enabled.

History

Since v12

Update Document Attachment Description

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/attachments/{attachment_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.
{attachment_id} - The attachment id field value.

Input

description__v - This is the only editable field. The maximum character length is 1000.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "description__v=This is my description for this attachment." \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/565/attachments

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document not found {id}.	You are trying to update an attachment on a document {id} which does not exist.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource [{id}] does not exist.	You are trying to update an attachment {id} which does not exist on the specified document.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource is not enabled for attachments.	You are trying to add or restore an attachment to a document for which attachments have not been enabled.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid value [{value}] specified for parameter [description__v] : string exceeds max length [1000].	You are trying to update the attachment description when the description exceeds the maximum character length (1000)

History

Since v12

Document Annotations

Learn about Document Annotations in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Annotations

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/annotations

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/14/annotations

Response

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version document rendition and its associated annotations.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/pdf.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file.

History

Since v12

Retrieve Document Version Annotations

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/annotations

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/14/versions/2/1/annotations

Response

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the specified version document rendition and its associated annotations.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/pdf.
The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file.

History

Since v12

Upload Document Annotations

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/annotations

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=document2016.pdf" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/548/annotations

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "OK",
    "replies": 0,
    "failures": 0,
    "new": 0
}

On SUCCESS, Vault uploads the file and its annotations.

History

Since v12

Upload Document Version Annotations

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/annotations

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-F "file=document2016.pdf" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/548/versions/2/1/annotations

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "OK",
    "replies": 0,
    "failures": 0,
    "new": 0
}

On SUCCESS, Vault associates the uploaded file with the given rendition type for the document with the specified version number.

History

Since v12

Document Relationships

Learn about Document Relationships in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Type Relationships

Retrieve all relationships from a document type.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/types/{type}/relationships

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{type} - The document type. See Retrieve Document Types.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/promotional_piece__vs/relationships

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "properties": [
    {
      "name": "id",
      "type": "id",
      "length": 20,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": true,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "source_doc_id__v",
      "type": "id",
      "length": 20,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": true,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "source_major_version__v",
      "type": "Integer",
      "length": 10,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "source_minor_version__v",
      "type": "Integer",
      "length": 10,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "target_doc_id__v",
      "type": "id",
      "length": 20,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": true,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "target_major_version__v",
      "type": "Integer",
      "length": 10,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "target_minor_version__v",
      "type": "Integer",
      "length": 10,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "relationship_type__v",
      "type": "String",
      "length": 255,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": true,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": true
    },
    {
      "name": "created_date__v",
      "type": "DateTime",
      "length": 0,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "created_by__v",
      "type": "ObjectReference",
      "length": 10,
      "object": "users",
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    },
    {
      "name": "source_vault_id__v",
      "type": "id",
      "length": 20,
      "editable": false,
      "queryable": true,
      "required": false,
      "multivalue": false,
      "onCreateEditable": false
    }
  ],
  "relationshipTypes": [
    {
      "value": "crosslink_document_latest__v",
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Bindings",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "system": true,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "crosslink_document_latest_steady_state__v",
      "label": "CrossLink Latest Steady State Bindings",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "system": true,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "references__vs",
      "label": "Linked Documents",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "system": true,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "basedon__vs",
      "label": "Based on",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "system": true,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "related_claims__vs",
      "label": "Related Claims",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "system": false,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "supporting_documents__vs",
      "label": "Supporting Documents",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "system": false,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "crosslink_document_static__v",
      "label": "CrossLink Static Bindings",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": true,
      "system": true,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        },
        {
          "label": "Claim",
          "value": "claim__vs"
        },
        ...
      ]
    },
    {
      "value": "related_pieces__vs",
      "label": "Related Pieces",
      "sourceDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "targetDocVersionSpecific": false,
      "system": false,
      "singleUse": false,
      "targetDocumentTypes": [
        {
          "label": "Promotional Piece",
          "value": "promotional_piece__vs"
        }
      ]
    }
  ],
  "relationships": [
    {
      "relationship_name": "source__vr",
      "relationship_label": "Source Relationship",
      "relationship_type": "reference_outbound",
      "object": {
        "name": "documents"
      }
    },
    {
      "relationship_name": "target__vr",
      "relationship_label": "Target Relationship",
      "relationship_type": "reference_outbound",
      "object": {
        "name": "documents"
      }
    }
  ]
}

Details

The abridged response above shows the metadata for the relationship type configured for the specified document promotional_piece__vs.

Relationship Fields

The relationships object includes the following fields:

Field Name	Description
`id`	The relationship `id` field.
`source_doc_id__v`	The document `id` field of the source document on which the relationship is defined.
`source_major_version__v`	The `major_version_number__v` of the source document. This is only applies when the target document is bound to a specific version of the source document.
`source_minor_version__v`	The `minor_version_number__v` of the source document. This is only applies when the target document is bound to a specific version of the source document.
`target_doc_id__v`	The document `id` field of the target document which is bound to the source document.
`target_major_version__v`	The `major_version_number__v` of the target document. This is only applies when the source document is bound to a specific version of the target document.
`target_minor_version__v`	The `minor_version_number__v` of the target document. This is only applies when the source document is bound to a specific version of the target document.
`relationship_type__v`	The relationship type (`basedon__vs`, `supporting_documents__vs`, `related_claims__vs`, `related_pieces__vs`, etc.).
`created_date__v`	The date and time when the relationship is created.
`created_by__v`	The user `id` value of the person who creates the relationship.
`source_vault_id__v`	The Vault `id` value where the source document exists. Learn more.

Relationship Type Properties

Relationship types and their properties are configurable and vary from vault to vault.

Metadata Field	Description
`value`	The relationship type name (API key).
`label`	The relationship type label.
`sourceDocVersionSpecific`	Indicates whether or not the relationship type applies to a specific version of the source document. If `false`, the relationship type applies to all versions.
`targetDocVersionSpecific`	Indicates whether or not the relationship type applies to a specific version of the target document. If `false`, the relationship type applies to all versions.
`system`	Indicates whether or not the relationship type is a standard Vault relationship type.
`singleUse`	Indicates whether or not the relationship type can only be used once for each document.
`targetDocumentTypes`	Lists all document types which are valid target documents for the relationship type.

History

Since v3

Retrieve Document Relationships

Retrieve all relationships from a document.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/866/versions/1/1/relationships

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": null,
  "errorCodes": null,
  "relationships": [
    {
      "relationship": {
        "source_doc_id__v": 886,
        "relationship_type__v": "related_pieces__vs",
        "created_date__v": "2015-12-15T21:42:01.000Z",
        "id": 214,
        "target_doc_id__v": 890,
        "created_by__v": 46916
      }
    },
    {
      "relationship": {
        "source_doc_id__v": 886,
        "relationship_type__v": "related_pieces__vs",
        "created_date__v": "2015-12-15T22:06:28.000Z",
        "id": 216,
        "target_doc_id__v": 884,
        "created_by__v": 46916
      }
    },
    {
      "relationship": {
        "source_doc_id__v": 886,
        "relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__vs",
        "created_date__v": "2015-12-15T21:41:10.000Z",
        "id": 213,
        "target_doc_id__v": 885,
        "created_by__v": 46916
      }
    },
    {
      "relationship": {
        "source_doc_id__v": 886,
        "relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__vs",
        "created_date__v": "2015-12-15T22:06:21.000Z",
        "id": 215,
        "target_doc_id__v": 889,
        "created_by__v": 46916
      }
    }
  ],
  "errorType": null
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of all relationships configured on the document. In this example, document ID 886 v1.1 has reference relationships with four other documents in our vault. This is the source document. Two of the referenced documents - target_doc_id__v 890 and 884 have the related_pieces__vs relationship type. The other two referenced documents - target_doc_id__v 885 and 887 have the supporting_documents__vs relationship type.

History

Since v3

Create Document Relationship

Create a new relationship on a document.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Input

Field Name	Description
`target_doc_id__v`	[Required] The document `id` of the target document.
`relationship_type__v`	[Required] The relationship type retrieved from the Document Relationships Metadata call above.
`target_major_version__v`	[Optional] The major version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound.
`target_minor_version__v`	[Optional] The minor version number of the target document to which the source document will be bound.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "target_doc_id__v=548" \
-d "relationship_type__v=supporting_documents__vs" \
-d "target_major_version__v=0" \
-d "target_minor_version__v=2" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/548/versions/0/1/relationships

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully created.",
    "id": 200
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the ID of the newly created document relationship.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DATA`	Relationship already exists.
`PARAMETER_REQUIRED`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].
`INVALID_DATA`	Document version major {major_version_number__v}, minor {minor_version_number__v} not found for document {document_id}.

History

Since v3

Retrieve Document Relationship

Retrieve details of a specific document relationship.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships/{relationship_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/relationships/200

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": null,
    "errorCodes": null,
    "relationships": [
        {
            "relationship": {
                "id": 200,
                "source_doc_id__v": 534,
                "relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__vs",
                "created_by__v": 46916,
                "created_date__v": "2015-03-20T20:44:56.000Z",
                "target_doc_id__v": 548
            }
        }
    ],
    "errorType": null
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`id`	Relationship ID
`source_doc_id__v`	The source document `id` field value.
`relationship_type__v`	The relationship type.
`target_doc_id__v`	The target document `id` field value.
`created_by__v`	The user `id` field value of the person who created the relationship.
`created_date__v`	The date and time when the relationship was created.

History

Since v3

Delete Document Relationship

Delete a relationship from a document.

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships/{relationship_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/relationships/200

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully deleted.",
    "id": 200
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the relationship ID of the deleted relationship.

History

Since v3

Document Events

Learn about Document Events in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Event Types and Subtypes

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/events

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "events": [
        {
            "name": "distribution__v",
            "label": "Distribution Event",
            "subtypes": [
                {
                    "name": "approved_email__v",
                    "label": "Approved Email",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/approved_email__v"
                },
                {
                    "name": "controlled_copy__v",
                    "label": "Controlled Copy",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/controlled_copy__v"
                },
                {
                    "name": "irep__v",
                    "label": "CRM",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/irep__v"
                },
                {
                    "name": "engage__v",
                    "label": "Engage",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/engage__v"
                },
                {
                    "name": "published_content__v",
                    "label": "Published Content",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/published_content__v"
                },
                {
                    "name": "clm__v",
                    "label": "CLM",
                    "value": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/clm__v"
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the list of events, and event types per each event (if applicable). If the user is not permitted to access the event data, the event type is omitted from the response. In this example, one document event distribution__v is configured in our vault. This "Distribution Event" is configured with six document event "subtypes".

History

Since v6

Retrieve Document Event SubType Metadata

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/events/{event_type}/types/{event_subtype}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/events/distribution__v/types/approved_email__v

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "name": "approved_email__v",
    "label": "Approved Email",
    "properties": [
        {
            "name": "event_date__v",
            "label": "Event Date",
            "type": "DateTime",
            "queryable": true,
            "systemAttribute": true
        },
        {
            "name": "document_id__v",
            "label": "Document ID",
            "type": "ObjectReference",
            "objectType": "Documents",
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "major_version_number__v",
            "label": "Document Major Version Number",
            "type": "Number",
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "minor_version_number__v",
            "label": "Document Minor Version Number",
            "type": "Number",
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "triggered_by__v",
            "label": "User ID",
            "type": "ObjectReference",
            "objectType": "Users",
            "queryable": true,
            "systemAttribute": true
        },
        {
            "name": "event_type__v",
            "label": "Event Type",
            "type": "String",
            "required": true,
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "event_subtype__v",
            "label": "Event Subtype",
            "type": "String",
            "required": true,
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "classification__v",
            "label": "Event Classification",
            "type": "String",
            "values": [
                {
                    "name": "distribute__v",
                    "label": "Distribute"
                },
                {
                    "name": "view__v",
                    "label": "View"
                },
                {
                    "name": "download__v",
                    "label": "Download"
                }
            ],
            "required": true,
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "external_id__v",
            "label": "External ID",
            "type": "String",
            "required": true,
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "user_email__v",
            "label": "User Email",
            "type": "String",
            "required": true,
            "queryable": true
        },
        {
            "name": "document_title__v",
            "label": "Document Title",
            "type": "String",
            "queryable": true,
            "systemAttribute": true
        },
        {
            "name": "document_number__v",
            "label": "Document Number",
            "type": "String",
            "queryable": true,
            "systemAttribute": true
        },
        {
            "name": "document_name__v",
            "label": "Document Name",
            "type": "String",
            "queryable": true,
            "systemAttribute": true
        }
    ]
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns all metadata for the specified event subtype.

History

Since v6

Create Document Event

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/events

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Input

Provide the name-value pairs consisting of all required fields and the values for the event subtype specified.
The required fields are obtained from the event subtype metadata (described above).
You can use either field value names or labels for the event_type__v, event_subtype__v and classification__v field values in the request.
The Approved Email event subtype metadata shows the five event fields below as required.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "event_type__v=distribution__v" \
-d "event_subtype__v=approved_email__v" \
-d "classification__v=download__v" \
-d "external_id__v=1234"
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/versions/2/0/events

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault logs the document event.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	You do not have permission to log an event of specified type.
`INVALID_DATA`	The value specified for the parameter is invalid (validation error).	As part of the error, a list of all fields which have an error will be returned.
`PARAMETER_REQUIRED`	A required parameter is not provided.	As part of the error, a list of all missing parameters will be returned.
`METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED`	The URL is constructed with an invalid event type.	This also includes other endpoint related errors.

History

Since v6

Retrieve Document Events

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/{document_id}/events

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{document_id} - The document id field value.

Input

You can include one or more queryable event fields and associated values in the request parameters to filter the response. For example:
Specifying event_type__v=Distribution will return only distribution events.
Specifying event_type__v=Distribution&event_subtype__v=Approved Email will return only distribution events generated for/by Approved Email.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/534/events

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "events": [
        {
            "name": "download__v",
            "label": "Approved Email Download",
            "properties": {
                "event_date__v": "2015-03-20T22:06:40.000Z",
                "document_id__v": 534,
                "major_version_number__v": 2,
                "minor_version_number__v": 0,
                "triggered_by__v": 46916,
                "event_type__v": "Distribution Event",
                "event_subtype__v": "Approved Email",
                "classification__v": "Download",
                "external_id__v": "1234",
                "user_email__v": "quinntaylor@myemail.com",
                "event_modified_by__v": 46916,
                "event_modified_date__v": "2015-03-20T22:06:40.000Z",
                "document_number__v": "REF-0059",
                "document_name__v": "Wonderdrug Information"
            }
        }
    ]
}

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the list of event objects, each containing the fields as defined by the metadata for its event type. Null and/or false valued fields are omitted from the response.

History

Since v6

Document Templates

Learn about Document Templates in Vault Help.

Retrieve Document Template Metadata

Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of document templates in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/documents/templates

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/templates

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "data": [
    {
      "name": "name__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_length": 50,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "label__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_length": 100,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "active__v",
      "type": "Boolean",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "type__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "subtype__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "classification__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "optional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "format__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_length": 200,
      "editable": false,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "size__v",
      "type": "Number",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_value": 9223372036854775807,
      "min_value": 0,
      "scale": 0,
      "editable": false,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "created_by__v",
      "type": "Number",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_value": 9223372036854775807,
      "min_value": 0,
      "scale": 0,
      "editable": false,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "file_uploaded_by__v",
      "type": "Number",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_value": 9223372036854775807,
      "min_value": 0,
      "scale": 0,
      "editable": false,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "md5checksum__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_length": 100,
      "editable": false,
      "multi_value": false
    }
  ]
}

Details

Field Name	Field Type	Description	Required	Editable
`name__v`	String	Document template name. Used in the API when retrieving/creating/updating templates.	True	True
`label__v`	String	Document template label. The name users see in the UI when selecting templates.	True	True
`active__v`	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the template is available for creating documents.	True	True
`type__v`	Component	The document type to which the template is associated.	True	True
`subtype__v`	Component	The document subtype to which the template is associated.	Conditional *	True
`classification__v`	Component	The document classification to which the template is associated.	Conditional *	True
`format__v`	String	Document template format (.doc, .pdf, etc.).	System-Managed	False
`size__v`	Number	Document template size (Kb).	System-Managed	False
`created_by__v`	Number	Vault user ID of the person who created the template.	System-Managed	False
`file_uploaded_by__v`	Number	Vault user ID of the person who uploaded the template file.	System-Managed	False
`md5checksum__v`	String	A string calculated using MD5 algorithm that can be used to uniquely identify the source file.	System-Managed	False

The document subtype and classification fields are "conditional" in that they are only required if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Document Template Collection

Retrieve all document templates.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "name__v":"claim_document_template__c",
         "label__v":"Claim Document Template",
         "active__v":true,
         "type__v":"claim__vs",
         "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
         "size__v": 2781904,
         "created_by__v": 12021,
         "file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
         "md5checksum__v": 98238947109287333
      },
      {
         "name__v":"clinical_study_document_template__c",
         "label__v":"Clinical Study Document Template",
         "active__v":true,
         "type__v":"reference_document__vs",
         "subtype__v":"clinical_study__vs",
         "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
         "size__v": 15776,
         "created_by__v": 12021,
         "file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
         "md5checksum__v": 75886214401031117
      },
      {
         "name__v":"promo_ad_print_document_template__c",
         "label__v":"Promo Ad Print Document Template",
         "active__v":true,
         "type__v":"promotional_piece__vs",
         "subtype__v":"advertisement__vs",
         "classification__v":"print__vs",
         "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
         "size__v": 82923,
         "created_by__v": 12021,
         "file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
         "md5checksum__v": 52478042594365555
      }     
   ]
}

Details

The response lists all document templates which have been added to the vault. Shown above, three document templates exist in our vault:

The first claim_document_template__c exists at the document type level. It is intended for use with new documents of the claim__vs type.
The second clinical_study_document_template__c exists at the document subtype level. It is intended for use with new documents of the clinical_study__vs subtype.
The third promo_ad_print_document_template__c exists at the document classification level. It is intended for use with new documents of the print__vs classification.

For information about the document template metadata, refer to the "Retrieve Document Template Attributes" response below.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Document Template Attributes

Retrieve the attributes from a document template.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The document template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_print_document_template__c

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "name__v":"promo_ad_print_document_template__c",
         "label__v":"Promo Ad Print Document Template",
         "active__v":true,
         "type__v":"promotional_piece__vs",
         "subtype__v":"advertisement__vs",
         "classification__v":"print__vs",
         "format__v": "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
         "size__v": 82923,
         "created_by__v": 12021,
         "file_uploaded_by__v": 12021,
         "md5checksum__v": 52478042594365555
      }     
   ]
}

Details

The response lists all attributes configured on a specific document template in the vault. Shown above are the attributes configured on the specified template:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Name of the document template. This value is not displayed to end users in the UI. It is seen by Admins and used in the API.
`label__v`	Label of the document template. When users in the UI create documents from templates, they see this value in the list of available templates.
`type__v`	Vault document type to which the template is associated.
`subtype__v`	Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level.
`classification__v`	Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document classification level. The template shown in this response is configured for use with documents of the `print__vs` classification.
`format__v`	File format of the document template.
`size__v`	Size of the document template (Kb).
`created_by__v`	Vault user ID of the person who created the document template.
`file_uploaded_by__v`	Vault user ID of the person who uploaded the document template.
`md5checksum__v`	A string calculated using MD5 algorithm that can be used to uniquely identify the source file.

History

Since v13

Download Document Template File

Download the file of a specific document template.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}/file

Headers

Parameters

{template_name} - The document template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates/claim_document_template__c/file

Response

Content-Type: application/octet-stream;charset=UTF-8
Content-Disposition: attachment;filename="claim_document_template__c.pdf"

Details

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the document template file.

The HTTP Response Header Content-Type is set to application/octet-stream. The HTTP Response Header Content-Disposition contains a filename component which can be used when naming the local file. When retrieving templates with very small file size, the HTTP Response Header Content-Length is set to the size of the template file. Note that for template downloads of larger file sizes, the Transfer-Encoding method is set to chunked and the Content-Length is not displayed.

History

Since v13

Create Document Template

Upload one document template. To upload multiple document templates, see Bulk Create Document Templates.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair multipart/form-data
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

To upload the file, use the multi-part attachment with the file component "file={file_name}". The maximum allowed file size is 4GB.

Input

When creating document templates, the following fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new document template. If not included, Vault will use the specified `label__v` value to generate a value for the `name__v` field.
`label__v`	The label of the new document template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to which the template will be associated.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \ 
-F "file=Promo Ad Template.docx" \
-F "label__v=Promo Ad Template" \
-F "type__v=promotional_piece__vs" \
-F "subtype__v=advertisement__vs" \
-F "classification__v=print__vs" \
-F "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates

Details

The input format is set to multipart/form-data (name-value pair with file upload).
The response format is set to text/csv.
The path/name of the document template source file on the FTP staging server is specified.
The name__v field is not included. Vault will use the specified label__v field value to create the name__v=promo_ad_template__c
The label__v field specifies the document template label "Promo Ad Template". This is what users will see among the available templates in the UI.
The document type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v are all specified. This template is being created for documents of classification__v=print__vs.
The template is being set to active__v=true. It will be available for selection when creating a new document.

Response

responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,promo_ad_template__c,

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name of the new document template.

Errors

Refer to the Bulk Create Document Templates Errors section below.

History

Since v13

Bulk Create Document Templates

Upload from 1-500 document templates. To upload one document template, see Create Document Template.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

File Upload

Before submitting this request, you must upload the document template source files to the staging server.
Then, in your JSON or CSV input, include the file parameter set to the {path/file_name} of each source file on the server.

Input

When creating document templates, the following fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new document template. If not included, Vault will use the specified `label__v` value to generate a value for the `name__v` field.
`label__v`	The label of the new document template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to which the template will be associated.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document.

Example CSV Input

`file`	`name__v`	`label__v`	`type__v`	`subtype__v`	`classification__v`	`active__v`
templates/doc_template_1.doc	site_document_template__c	SMF Template	site_master_file__v			true
templates/doc_template_2.doc		TMF Document Template	trial_master_file__v			true
templates/doc_template_3.doc		Trial Protocol Document Template	central_trial_documents__vs	trial_documents__vs	protocol__vs	true
templates/doc_template_4.doc		Clinical Study Report Document Template	central_trial_documents__vs	reports__vs	clinical_study_report__vs	false

In this example input, we're creating four new document templates in our vault:

We've included the file parameter with the path/name of four document template source files located in the "templates" directory of our vault's staging server.
We've only specified the name__v value for the first template and given it a different label__v value. The other templates will inherit their name__v values from the label__v values.
We've specified the document type, subtype, and classification to which each document template will be associated.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_document_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"site_document_template__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"tmf_document_template__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"trial_protocol_document_template__c"
      },      
      {
         "responseStatus":"FAILURE",
         "errors":[
            {
               "type":"INVALID_DATA",
               "message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
            }
         ]
      }
   ]
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body.	The input contains information which cannot be parsed by the API.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot process the request : max 500 records expected.	The input has more than 500 records (not allowed).
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body : at least 1 record is expected.	The input has no records (at least one is required).
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create document : source file [{FILE_NAME}] not found.	When creating new document templates, you must first upload the template source files to the FTP staging server. The file value in the input may contain either a single filename (if the file is located at the root of the FTP staging server) or a full path to the file (relative to the FTP root). If the API cannot find the file in the specified location, this error is returned for that row in the input.
`REQUIRED_PARAMETER`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].	A required field is missing from the input. The error message includes the missing field name.
`INVALID_VALUE`	Invalid value [{FIELD_VALUE]} specified for parameter [{PARAMETER}].	A field value specified in the input is invalid. The error message includes invalid value and field name on which it is specified.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : another template already exists with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of an existing document template in your vault.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : input already defines another template with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of another template name specified in the same input.
`INVALID_DATA`	String exceeds max length [{MAX_VALUE}].	The string value exceeds the maximum length for the `label__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{type}].	An invalid value is specified for the `type__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{subtype}] under [{Value specified for `type__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `subtype__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{classification}] under [{Value specified for `classification__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `classification__v` field.

History

Since v13

Update Document Template

Update a document template to your vault.

See also: Bulk Update Document Templates below

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The document template name__v field value.

Input

You can update the following fields on document templates:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Change the name of an existing document template.
`label__v`	Change the label of an existing document template. This is the name users will see among the available document templates in the UI.
`type__v`	Change the document type to which the template is associated.
`subtype__v`	Change the document subtype to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	Change the document classification to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the document template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \ 
-d "name__v=promo_ad_web_document_template__c" \
-d "label__v=Promo Ad Web Document Template" \
-d "type__v=promotional_piece__vs" \
-d "subtype__v=advertisement__vs" \
-d "classification__v=web__vs" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_print_document_template__c

In this example:

The input format is set to application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
The response format is set to text/csv.
The new name__v field is specified.
The new label__v field is specified. This is what users will see among the available templates in the UI.
The document type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v are all specified. This template is being updated for documents of classification__v=web__vs.
The template is being set to active__v=true.

Response

responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,promo_ad_web_document_template__c,

Errors

Refer to the Bulk Update Document Templates Errors section below.

History

Since v13

Bulk Update Document Templates

Update from 1-500 document templates to your vault.

See also: Update [Single] Document Template above.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json (default) or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

You can update the following fields on document templates:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Change the name of an existing document templates.
`label__v`	Change the label of an existing document templates. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	Change the document type to which the templates are associated.
`subtype__v`	Change the document subtype to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating templates with document subtypes.
`classification__v`	Change the document classification to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating templates with document classifications.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the document templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a document.

Example CSV Input

See Bulk Create Document Templates above for example inputs, which are the same as those used in this request.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\update_document_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path/name of the CSV input file is specified.

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"claim_document_template__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"clinical_study_document_template__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"FAILURE",
         "errors":[
            {
               "type":"INVALID_DATA",
               "message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
            }
         ]
      }
   ]
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body.	The input contains information which cannot be parsed by the API.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot process the request : max 500 records expected.	The input has more than 500 records (not allowed).
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body : at least 1 record is expected.	The input has no records (at least one is required).
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot update document : source file [{FILE_NAME}] not found.	When updating document template files, you must first upload the template source files to the FTP staging server. The file value in the input may contain either a single filename (if the file is located at the root of the FTP staging server) or a full path to the file (relative to the FTP root). If the API cannot find the file in the specified location, this error is returned for that row in the input.
`INVALID_VALUE`	Invalid value [{FIELD_VALUE]} specified for parameter [{PARAMETER}].	A field value specified in the input is invalid. The error message includes invalid value and field name on which it is specified.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : another template already exists with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of an existing document template in your vault.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : input already defines another template with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of another template name specified in the same input.
`INVALID_DATA`	String exceeds max length [{MAX_VALUE}].	The string value exceeds the maximum length for the `label__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{type}].	An invalid value is specified for the `type__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{subtype}] under [{Value specified for `type__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `subtype__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{classification}] under [{Value specified for `classification__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `classification__v` field.

History

Since v13

Delete Document Template

Delete a document template from your vault.

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/documents/templates/{template_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The document template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates/promo_ad_web_document_template__c

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

History

Since v13

Document Tokens

The Vault Document Tokens API allows you to generates document access tokens needed by the external viewer to view documents outside of Vault.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/documents/tokens

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Document IDs:

Required - Include the docIds request parameter with a comma-separated string of document id values. This will generate tokens for each document. For example: docIds=101,102,103,104

Token Expiration Date:

Optional - Include the expiryDateOffset request parameter set to the number of days after which the tokens will expire and the documents will no longer be available in the viewer. If not specified, the tokens will expire after 10 years by default.

Download Option:

Optional - Include the downloadOption request parameter set to PDF, source, both, or none. These allow users viewing the document to be able to download a PDF version or source version (Word, PPT, etc.) of the document. If not specified, the download options default to those set on each document.

Distribution Channel:

Optional - Include the channel request parameter set to the website object record id value that corresponds to the distribution channel where the document is being made available.

Token Groups:

Optional - Include the tokenGroup request parameter. This only required if you want to group together generated tokens for multiple documents in order to display the documents being referenced in the same viewer. This value accepts strings of alphanumeric characters (a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and single consecutive underscores) up to 255 characters in length.

The token that is passed as a URL parameter to the External Viewer is the primary token and the document it references will be displayed normally. However, any additional documents that have tokens generated with the same case-sensitive tokenGroup string will be displayed in a sidebar of the viewer.

The order of documents in the sidebar depends on the order in which the tokens are generated. If multiple tokens are generated with one request, the documents will be ordered top-to-bottom based on the order they are passed to the docIds parameter.

For example: If passing the parameters docIds=101,102,103,104 and tokenGroup=group_1 with the request, the top-to-bottom order in the sidebar will be documents 101, 102, 103, 104. If a new request is then made with the parameters docIds=105 and tokenGroup=group_1, document 105 will be added below document 104 in the previous list.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "docIds=101,102,103,104" \
-d "expiryDateOffset=90" \
-d "downloadOption=PDF" \
-d "channel=00W000000000301" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/tokens

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "tokens": [
        {
            "document_id__v": 101,
            "token__v": "3003-cb6e5c3b-4df9-411c-abc2-6e7ae120ede7"
        }
        {
            "document_id__v": 102,
            "token__v": "3003-1174154c-ac8e-4eb9-b453-2855de273bec"
        },
        {
            "document_id__v": 103,
            "token__v": "3003-51ca652c-36d9-425f-894f-fc2f42601fa9"
        },        
        {
            "document_id__v": 104,
            "errorType": "OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED",
            "errors": [
                {
                    "type": "INVALID_DOCUMENT",
                    "message": "Document not found [104]."
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Details

In the example above, tokens are generated for the first three documents. The fourth document could not be found. This indicates either an incorrect document id or that the specified document is a binder.

History

Since v12

Binders

Binders organize documents, sections, and other binders into a hierarchical structure that is useful for packaging related documents together for easier management or eventual publishing. Binders are a kind of document and many of the Document API calls, such as metadata, retrieving and setting properties, security, etc. can be used directly on a binder and will not be replicated here. All API calls related to files and renditions will not work on a binder object. Binders do have unique APIs that allow for interrogating and manipulating the binder structure.

Learn about Documents & Binders in Vault Help.

Vault Binder Metadata

In Vault, binders are just another kind of document. See the Vault Document Metadata tables above for a complete list of metadata.

Retrieve Binders

Retrieve All Binders

In Vault, binders are just another kind of document. Therefore, to retrieve a list of all binders in your vault, you must use the same API endpoint to retrieve documents: /api/{version}/objects/documents. By searching the response, you can distinguish binders from "regular" documents by using the document field binder__v set to true or false. See the response details below.Alternatively, you can use the Query API to find just binders (SELECT id FROM documents WHERE binder__v=true). See the Vault Query API Overview article for details.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/documents

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "size": 77,
  "start": 0,
  "limit": 200,
  "documents": [
    {
      "document": {
        "id": 101,
        "binder__v": true,
        "coordinator__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": [
            25525,
            25513,
            25514
          ]
        },
        ...
        "version_creation_date__v": "2015-03-11T22:04:44.725Z",
        "major_version_number__v": 0,
        "annotations_links__v": 0,
        "annotations_all__v": 0,
        "status__v": "Planned",
        "language__v": [
          "English"
        ],
        "product__v": [
          "1357662840171"
        ],
        "version_created_by__v": 25524,
        "country__v": [],
        "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
        "document_number__v": "VV-00127",
        "minor_version_number__v": 1,
        "lifecycle__v": "General Lifecycle",
        "crosslink__v": false,
        "annotations_notes__v": 0,
        "name__v": "CholeCap Presentation",
        ...

      "document": {
        "id": 102,
        "binder__v": false,
        "coordinator__v": {
          "groups": [],
          "users": [
            25514,
            25525,
            25513
          ]
        },
        ...
        "format__v": "application/pdf",
        "version_creation_date__v": "2014-04-16T21:14:11.235Z",
        "major_version_number__v": 1,
        "annotations_links__v": 9,
        "annotations_all__v": 9,
        "status__v": "Approved for Distribution",
        "language__v": [
          "English"
        ],
        "filename__v": "NYAXA 3 Page Magazine Spread.pdf",
        "product__v": [
          "00P000000000101"
        ],
        "version_created_by__v": 25513,
        "country__v": [
          "1357662840400"
        ],
        "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
        "document_number__v": "PP-NYA-US-0001",
        "minor_version_number__v": 0,
        "lifecycle__v": "Promotional Piece",
        "subtype__v": "Advertisement",
        "crosslink__v": false,
        "annotations_notes__v": 0,
        "classification__v": "Print",
        "name__v": "Nyaxa Print Ad",
        ...
      }
    }

Details

The abridged response above shows the field names and values configured on two separate documents in our vault:

The first record retrieved "id": 101 has the binder__v field value set to true: "binder__v": true. This document is a "binder".
The second record retrieved "id": 102 has the binder__v field value set to false: "binder__v": false. This document is a "regular" document.

Using this endpoint allows you to retrieve all documents in your vault and distinguish those which are "documents" from those which are "binders".

Note that for binders, this response does not show the binder section node tree structure.
To retrieve all metadata configured on a binder, including the section nodes, you must use the binder IDs retrieved from this request in the **Retrieve Binder" endpoint described below.

History

Since v1
v5+ - Includes the binder__v true/false field to distinguish between documents and binders.

Retrieve Binder

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Options

By default, the response includes only the first level of the binder section node structure, i.e., depth=1.
To retrieve all levels of the binder, include the depth parameter set to all. For example:
/api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}?depth=all

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "document": {
    "id": 29,
    "binder__v": true,
    "coordinator__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        63606
      ]
    },
    "owner__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        46916
      ]
    },
    "approver__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        25524
      ]
    },
    "reviewer__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        60145
      ]
    },
    "distribution_contacts__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": []
    },
    "viewer__v": {
      "groups": [
        3
      ],
      "users": []
    },
    "consumer__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        60145
      ]
    },
    "editor__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        25496
      ]
    },
    "version_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
    "major_version_number__v": 0,
    "lifecycle__v": "Field Medical",
    "subtype__v": "Training Materials",
    "annotations_links__v": 0,
    "annotations_notes__v": 0,
    "name__v": "VeevaProm Info Binder",
    "locked__v": false,
    "annotations_all__v": 0,
    "status__v": "Draft",
    "type__v": "Field Medical",
    "description__v": "",
    "annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
    "last_modified_by__v": 46916,
    "product__v": [
      "00P000000000102"
    ],
    "version_created_by__v": 46916,
    "document_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T20:42:18.692Z",
    "country__v": [
      "00C000000000109"
    ],
    "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
    "document_number__v": "VV-MED-00029",
    "annotations_resolved__v": 0,
    "annotations_lines__v": 0,
    "version_modified_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
    "created_by__v": 46916,
    "minor_version_number__v": 2
  },
  "versions": [
    {
      "number": "0.1",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/1"
    },
    {
      "number": "0.2",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2"
    }
  ],
  "binder": {
    "nodes": [
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 7,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Information",
          "order__v": 0,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556160448:810987462",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 2,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Consumer Info",
          "order__v": 300,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457559259279:-602158059",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 5,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Brochure",
          "order__v": 301,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556176044:-743019200",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "First Section Folder",
          "order__v": 401,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560333810:-909497856",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "Second Section Folder",
          "order__v": 501,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}

Details

The abridged response above shows fields and values configured on binder "id": 29, including the first level of binder nodes in the binder's structure. In this first level, there is one document "id": 567 and two sections "section_number__v": "1" and "section_number__v": "2". The second example below uses the depth=all request parameter to retrieve all levels of binder nodes in the binder's structure.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29?depth=all

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "document": {
    "id": 29,
    "binder__v": true,
    "coordinator__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        63606
      ]
    },
    "owner__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        46916
      ]
    },
    "approver__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        25524
      ]
    },
    "reviewer__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        60145
      ]
    },
    "distribution_contacts__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": []
    },
    "viewer__v": {
      "groups": [
        3
      ],
      "users": []
    },
    "consumer__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        60145
      ]
    },
    "editor__v": {
      "groups": [],
      "users": [
        25496
      ]
    },
    "version_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
    "major_version_number__v": 0,
    "lifecycle__v": "Field Medical",
    "subtype__v": "Training Materials",
    "annotations_links__v": 0,
    "annotations_notes__v": 0,
    "name__v": "VeevaProm Info Binder",
    "locked__v": false,
    "annotations_all__v": 0,
    "status__v": "Draft",
    "type__v": "Field Medical",
    "description__v": "",
    "annotations_unresolved__v": 0,
    "last_modified_by__v": 46916,
    "product__v": [
      "00P000000000102"
    ],
    "version_created_by__v": 46916,
    "document_creation_date__v": "2016-03-09T20:42:18.692Z",
    "country__v": [
      "00C000000000109"
    ],
    "annotations_anchors__v": 0,
    "document_number__v": "VV-MED-00029",
    "annotations_resolved__v": 0,
    "annotations_lines__v": 0,
    "version_modified_date__v": "2016-03-09T21:55:22.000Z",
    "created_by__v": 46916,
    "minor_version_number__v": 2
  },
  "versions": [
    {
      "number": "0.1",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/1"
    },
    {
      "number": "0.2",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2"
    }
  ],
  "binder": {
    "nodes": [
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 7,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Information",
          "order__v": 0,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556160448:810987462",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 2,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Consumer Info",
          "order__v": 300,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457559259279:-602158059",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 5,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Brochure",
          "order__v": 301,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556176044:-743019200",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "First Section Folder",
          "order__v": 401,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560333810:-909497856",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        },
        "nodes": [
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 28,
              "name__v": "Alterin Prescribing Information",
              "order__v": 0,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560375017:-1371674753",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
            }
          },
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 26,
              "name__v": "Alterin Health Notes",
              "order__v": 100,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560377637:-2013602559",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
            }
          },
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 27,
              "name__v": "Alterin Information Packet",
              "order__v": 200,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560379150:954844502",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560333810:-909497856"
            }
          }
        ]
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "Second Section Folder",
          "order__v": 501,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        },
        "nodes": [
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 24,
              "name__v": "Nyaxa Information Packet",
              "order__v": 0,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560406595:-2060980086",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
            }
          },
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 23,
              "name__v": "Nyaxa and Your Health",
              "order__v": 100,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560409271:-1499449603",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
            }
          },
          {
            "properties": {
              "document_id__v": 25,
              "name__v": "Nyaxa Prescribing Information",
              "order__v": 200,
              "type__v": "document",
              "id": "1457560412997:-1622511549",
              "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
            }
          }
        ]
      }
    ]
  }
}

On SUCCESS, Vault retrieves the fields and components of the binder in a hierarchical structure clearly showing the parent-child relationships for each item and maintaining the specific order of the objects in each level.

Details

For each node in a binder, the API returns the following fields:

Field Name	Description
`nodes [n]`	List of all nodes (documents and sections) at each level in the binder.
`properties [n]`	List of all properties associated with each document or section node.
`order__v`	Order of the document or section within the binder or within another section of the binder.
`section_number__v`	Optional number which can be added to each section.
`type`	Type of node (document or section).
`document_id__v`	The document ID of the document in the binder. This is the same as the document's actual document `id`
`id`	The document ID or section ID specific to the binder. For documents, this is different from the document's actual document `id`.
`parent_id__v`	Section ID of the parent node, e.g., "rootNode".
`name__v`	Name of the document or section. For sections, this is the name of the "subfolder" seen in the binder hierarchy in the UI.
`major_version_number__v`	If the document binding rule is "specific", this is major version number of the document.
`minor_version_number__v`	If the document binding rule is "specific", this is minor version number of the document.

History

Since v5

Retrieve All Binder Versions

Retrieve all versions of a binder.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "versions": [
    {
      "number": "0.1",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/1"
    },
    {
      "number": "0.2",
      "value": "https://medcomms-veevapharm.vaultdev.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2"
    }
  ]
}

Binders have versions just like regular documents. On SUCCESS, Vault returns a list of the available versions for the specified binder.

History

Since v5

Retrieve Binder Version

Retrieve the fields and values configured on a specific version of a specific binder.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/(major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{major_version_number__v} - The binder major_version_number__v field value.
{minor_version_number__v} - The binder minor_version_number__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3

See the response from the Retrieve Binder endpoint above for additional details.

History

Since v5

Create Binders

Create Binder

Use this request to create a new binder in your vault. Learn about Creating Binders in Vault Help.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

All required binder (document) fields must be included in the request. When creating a binder, no file is included in the request. Refer to the next section to create a binder from a template.

Options

When creating a binder, the binder metadata is indexed synchronously by default. To process the indexing asynchronously, include a query parameter async set to true (objects/binders?async=true). This helps speed up the response time from Vault when processing large amounts of data.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=Wonderdrug Compliance Package" \
-d "type__v=Compliance Package" \
-d "subtype__v=Professional" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
-d "product__v=1357662840293" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Successfully created binder.",
    "id": 563
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`PARAMETER_REQUIRED`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].	A required field or field value was not included in the request.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid values {field_value} specified for parameter {field_name}.	The value entered for a specified document field does not match with available values.

History

Since v1
v7+ - Supports asynchronous indexing.

Create Binder from Template

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

All required binder (document) fields must be included in the request. When creating a binder, no file is included in the request. Include the parameter fromTemplate and specify the name of the template as returned from the document metadata as shown below. Only templates of "kind": binder are allowed.

Example

Since we're creating a new binder with the document type "Compliance Package" and subtype "Professional", we need to find the available templates in the type/subtype metadata:

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/documents/types/compliance_package__v/subtypes/professional__v

Response (abridged)

    ...
    "templates": [
        {
            "label": "Compliance Package Template",
            "name": "compliance_package__v",
            "kind": "binder",
            "definedIn": "compliance_package__v",
            "definedInType": "type"
        },
        {
            "label": "eCTD Compliance Package",
            "name": "ectd_compliance_package_template__v",
            "kind": "binder",
            "definedIn": "compliance_package__v",
            "definedInType": "type"
        }
        ...

The abridged response above shows the "templates" section of the type/subtype response. There are two available templates we can use to create this binder (each template has the "kind": binder). Both are defined on the compliance_package__v document type. We'll use the binder template ectd_compliance_package_template__v to create our new binder as shown below.

Example (Create Binder from Template)

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "fromTemplate=ectd_compliance_package_template__v" \
-d "name__v=CholeCap eCTD Compliance Package" \
-d "type__v=Compliance Package" \
-d "subtype__v=Professional" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
-d "product__v=1357662840171" \
-d "major_version_number__v=0" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Successfully created binder.",
    "id": 565
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`PARAMETER_REQUIRED`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].	A required document field or field value was not included in the request.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid values {field_value} specified for parameter {field_name}.	The value entered for a specified document field does not match with available values.

History

Since v5
v7+ - Supports asynchronous indexing.

Create Binder Version

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "New draft successfully created",
    "major_version_number__v": 0,
    "minor_version_number__v": 4
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action.	You are not assigned permission to complete the request.
`INVALID_BINDER`	Binder not found {id}.	The error condition occurs when the user specifies a binder {id} that does not exist.

History

Since v7

Update Binders

Update Binder

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "audience__vs=Healthcare Provider" \
-d "country__v=1357662840400" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 566
}

History

Since v5

Reclassify Binder

Reclassify allows you to change the document type of an existing binder. A document "type" is the combination of the type__v, subtype__v, and classification__v fields on a binder. When you reclassify, Vault may add or remove certain fields on the binder. You can only reclassify the latest version of a binder and only one binder at a time. The API does not currently support Bulk Reclassify.

Learn more about:

Vault Help: Reclassifying Documents.
API: Retrieve Binders
API: Retrieve Document Fields
API: Retrieve Document Types, Subtypes, and Classifications

About this Request

You can only reclassify the latest version of a specified binder.
You can only reclassify one binder at a time. Bulk reclassify is not currently supported.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Input

Field Name	Description
`reclassify`	Set to `true`. Without this, a standard binder update action is performed.
`type__v`	The name of the document type being assigned to the binder.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype (if one exists on the type).
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification (if one exists on the subtype).
`lifecycle__v`	The name of the lifecycle.

You can also add or remove values for any other editable field.

Note that additional fields may be required depending on the document type, subtype, and classification being assigned to the binder.

Use the Document Metadata API to retrieve required and editable fields in your vault.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "reclassify=true" \
-d "type__v=Claim" \
-d "lifecycle__v=Binder Lifecycle" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/776

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 776
}

History

Since v8

Update Binder Version

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "audience__vs=Healthcare Provider" \
-d "country__v=1357662840400" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/0/1

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 566
}

History

Since v5

Refresh Binder Auto-Filing

Note: This is only available in eTMF vaults on binders configured with the TMF Reference Models.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "action=refresh_auto_filing" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/actions

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS"
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action.	You are not assigned permission to complete the request.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid value [{value}] specified for parameter [{parameter}] : Object record ID does not resolve to a valid active [`hierarchy__v`].

History

Since v13

Delete Binders

Delete Binder

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "id": 35
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action.	You are not assigned permission to complete the request.
`INVALID_BINDER`	Binder not found {id}.	The error condition occurs when the user specifies a binder {id} that does not exist.

History

Since v5

Delete Binder Version

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/2

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "id": 124
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action.	You are not assigned permission to complete the request.
`INVALID_BINDER`	Binder not found {id}.	The error condition occurs when the user specifies a binder {id} that does not exist.

History

Since v5

Export Binders

The Export Binder API allows you to export a zip archive with all documents from a binder, or a subset of those documents.

You can also export different artifacts for the selected documents, including source documents, renditions, versions, and document fields.

Learn about Exporting Binders in Vault Help.

Export Binder

Use this request to export the latest version or a specific version of a binder in your vault.

This will export the complete binder, including all binder sections and documents.
To export only specific binder sections and documents, refer to the next section.
After initiating an export, you can retrieve its status, results, and download the exported binder.

Request

To export the latest version of a binder, Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export
To export a specific version of a binder, Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/actions/export

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Exporting Document Source Files

By default, the source files of all documents in the binder are exported.
Source documents can be any type of file (ZIP, DOCX, CSV, etc.).
To exclude source files, add the parameter source=false to the request endpoint.
For example: .../actions/export?source=false

Exporting Document Renditions

By default, document renditions are not exported.
To include renditions, add the parameter renditiontype={rendition_type} to the request endpoint.
For example: .../actions/export?renditiontype=viewable_rendition__v
The viewable_rendition__v is the most common, which exports the (typically auto-generated) PDF rendition of your document.
Note that if the document source file is a PDF, there is no separate viewable rendition to download.

Exporting Document Versions

By default, the document versions that are exported are determined by the version binding rule configured for the binder, section, or binder document.
To override the binding rule and export all major versions of each document, add the parameter docversion=major to the request endpoint.
For example: .../actions/export?docversion=major
To override the binding rule and export all major and minor versions of each document, add the parameter docversion=major_minor to the request endpoint.
For example: .../actions/export?docversion=major_minor

Exporting Attachments

To export binder attachments, include the parameter attachments=all or attachments=latest
For example: .../actions/export?attachments=all will export all versions of all attachments.
For example: .../actions/export?attachments=latest will export the latest version of all attachments.

Exporting Document Field Values & Metadata

By default, exported files include the name__v field value only.
To export additional fields, include a comma-separated list of field values to export.
For example, to export the binder name, title, document number, and export file name: .../actions/export?name__v,title__v,document_number__v,export_filename__v
By default, all document metadata is exported. To exclude the metadata, add the parameter docfield=false

Combining Multiple Request Parameters

To add multiple parameters to the request endpoint, separate each with the ampersand (&) character.
For example, to exclude the source file and export a rendition: .../actions/export?source=false&renditiontype=viewable_rendition__v

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/454/actions/export

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": "Job for Binder Export Started",
  "URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/services/jobs/1201",
  "job_id": 1201
}

Details

On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:

URL - The URL to retrieve the current status of the binder export job.
job_id - The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the binder export request (described below).

Errors

Vault will not start the export job until all errors have been corrected and resubmitted.

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED`	Requested method {METHOD} not supported.	You must use the HTTP `POST` method for this request.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid input parameter value for {PARAMETER}.	You have provided a parameter which is invalid. The error message includes the name of the invalid parameter.
`INVALID_BINDER`	Binder not found.	The specified binder `id` value was not found in your vault.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} authorized for view or export on binder.	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} not licensed for this permission [VAULT ACTIONS API ACCESS].	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} not authorized for FTP download.	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED`	Binder export not enabled for this vault.	The binder cannot be exported because the "Binder Export" function has not been enabled for the vault.

History

Since v14

Export Binder Sections

Use this request to export only specific sections and documents from the latest version of a binder in your vault. This will export only parts of the binder, not the complete binder.

Before submitting this request:

The Export Binder feature must be enabled in your vault.
You must be assigned permissions to use the API.
You must have the Export Binder permission.
You must have the View Document permission for the binder.
Only documents in the binder which you have the View Document permission are available to export.

Request

To export the latest version, Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/actions/export
To export a specific version, Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/actions/export

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Input

Create a CSV or JSON input file with the id values of the binder sections and/or documents to be exported.

To retrieve a list of all nodes from a binder, Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}?depth=all. You may include any number of valid nodes. Vault will ignore id values which are invalid, but will export all which are valid.

For example, the abridged response below includes two nodes from a binder. Node "id": "1415381339215" is a section (folder) and "id": "1415381339220" is a document node.

Exporting a binder section node will automatically include all of its subsections and documents therein.

  "nodes": [
    {
      "properties": {
        "section_number__v": "02.01.01",
        "name__v": "Investigator Brochure",
        "order__v": 0,
        "type__v": "section",
        "id": "1415381339215",
        "parent_id__v": "1415381339209"
      },
      "nodes": [
        {
          "properties": {
            "document_id__v": 18,
            "name__v": "CHC032-194 Investigator Brochure",
            "order__v": 0,
            "type__v": "document",
            "id": "1415381339220",
            "parent_id__v": "1415381339215"
          }
        },

Example CSV Input File

To export just this one section and document from the binder, we would submit the following input file:

id
1415381339215
1415381339220

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Binders\export-binder-sections.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/454/1/0/actions/export

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path\name of the CSV input file is specified.

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": "Job for Binder Export Started",
  "URL": "https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/services/jobs/1201",
  "job_id": 1201
}

Details

On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:

URL - The URL to retrieve the current status of the binder export job.
job_id - The Job ID value is used to retrieve the status and results of the binder export request (described below).

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED`	Requested method {METHOD} not supported.	You must use the HTTP `POST` method for this request.
`INVALID_DATA`	Invalid input parameter value for {PARAMETER}.	You have provided a parameter which is invalid. The error message includes the name of the invalid parameter.
`INVALID_BINDER`	Binder not found.	The specified binder `id` value was not found in your vault.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} authorized for view or export on binder.	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} not licensed for this permission [VAULT ACTIONS API ACCESS].	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User {USER ID} not authorized for FTP download.	The logged-in API user must have API permission and proper permissions to perform an export on the requested binder.
`OPERATION_NOT_ALLOWED`	Binder export not enabled for this vault.	The binder cannot be exported because the "Binder Export" function has not been enabled for the vault.

History

Since v14

Retrieve Binder Export Status

After submitting a request to export a binder from your vault, you can query vault to determine the status of the request.

Before submitting this request:

You must have previously requested a binder export job (via the API).
You must have a valid job_id value (retrieved from the export binder request above).

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/services/jobs/{job_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{job_id} - The id value of the requested export job. This is returned with the export binder requests above.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/services/jobs/1201

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "responseMessage": "OK",
  "data": {
    "id": 1201,
    "status": "SUCCESS",
    "method": "POST",
    "links": [
      {
        "rel": "self",
        "href": "/api/v14.0/services/jobs/1601",
        "method": "GET",
        "accept": "application/json"
      },
      {
        "rel": "artifacts",
        "href": "/api/v14.0/objects/binders/actions/export/1201/results",
        "method": "GET",
        "accept": "application/json"
      }
    ],
    "created_by": 44533,
    "created_date": "2015-12-08T18:14:42.000Z",
    "run_start_date": "2015-12-08T18:14:43.000Z",
    "run_end_date": "2015-12-08T18:14:44.000Z"
  }
}

Details

On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:

Metadata Field	Description
`id`	The Job ID value for the binder being exported.
`status`	The status of the binder export job.
`method`	The method used to export the binder.
`links`	The endpoints and methods to retrieve the status and results of the binder export job.
`created_by`	The user who started the export binder job.
`created_date`	The date and time when the export binder job was started.
`run_start_date`	The date and time when the export binder job was started.
`run_end_date`	The date and time when the export binder job was completed.

History

Since v14

Retrieve Binder Export Results

After submitting a request to export a binder from your vault, you can query vault to determine the results of the request.

Before submitting this request:

You must have previously requested a binder export job (via the API) which is no longer active.
You must have a valid job_id value (retrieved from the export binder request above).

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/actions/export/{job_id}/results

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{job_id} - The id value of the requested export job. This is returned with the export binder requests above.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/actions/export/1201/results

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "job_id": 1201,
  "id": 454,
  "major_version_number__v": 1,
  "minor_version_number__v": 0,
  "file": "/1201/454/1_0/Nyaxa Compliance Package.zip",
  "user_id__v": 44533
}

Details

On SUCCESS, the response includes the following information:

Field Name	Description
`job_id`	The Job ID value of the binder export request.
`id`	The `id` value of the exported binder.
`major_version_number__v`	The major version number of the exported binder.
`minor_version_number__v`	The minor version number of the exported binder.
`file`	The path/location of the downloaded binder ZIP file.
`user_id__v`	The `id` value of the Vault user who initiated the binder export job.

History

Since v14

Download Exported Binder Files via FTP

Once your binder export job has been successfully completed, you can download the files from your FTP Staging Server.

Prerequisites

Before downloading the files, the following conditions must be met:

The binder export job must have been successfully completed.
The API user must have a permission set which allows them FTP download permissions.

Downloading the Files

The exported binder is packaged in a ZIP file on your FTP Staging Server.

Binder Relationships

Learn about Binder Relationships in Vault Help.

Retrieve Binder Relationship

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships/{relationship_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3/relationships/202

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": null,
    "errorCodes": null,
    "relationships": [
        {
            "relationship": {
                "source_doc_id__v": 566,
                "relationship_type__v": "supporting_documents__vs",
                "created_date__v": "2015-03-24T22:37:20.000Z",
                "id": 202,
                "target_doc_id__v": 254,
                "created_by__v": 46916
            }
        }
    ],
    "errorType": null
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`id`	Relationship ID.
`source_doc_id`	Document ID of the source document.
`relationship_type__v`	Relationship type
`created_by__v`	User ID of user who created the relationship
`created_date__v`	Timestamp when the relationship was created
`target_doc_id__v`	Document ID for target document
`target_major_version__v`	Major version of the target document; null values indicate that the relationship applies to all major versions
`target_minor_version__v`	Minor version of the target document; null values indicate that the relationship applies to all minor versions

History

Since v5

Create Binder Relationship

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Inputs

Set the target_doc_id__v to the document id of the "target document" to which a relationship will be established with the binder.
Set the relationship_type__v to the field value of one of the desired relationshipTypes from the "Documents Relationships Metadata" call.
[Optional] - If you're creating a relationship with a specific version of the target document, set the target_major_version__v to the major version number of the target document.
[Optional] - If you're creating a relationship with a specific version of the target document, set the target_minor_version__v to the minor version number of the target document.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "target_doc_id__v=13" \
-d "relationship_type__v=supporting_documents__vs" \
-d "target_major_version__v=0" \
-d "target_minor_version__v=1" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/3/relationships

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully created.",
    "id": 202
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the relationship id of the newly created binder relationship.

History

Since v5

Delete Binder Relationship

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/relationships/{relationship_id}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/versions/0/4/relationships/202

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "responseMessage": "Document relationship successfully deleted.",
    "id": 202
}

On SUCCESS, Vault deletes the requested relationship and returns the relationship id of the deleted relationship.

History

Since v5

Binder Sections

Retrieve Binder Sections

Retrieve all sections (documents and subfolders) in a binder's top-level root node or sub-level node.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Options

/api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id} - Retrieve all sections (documents and subfolders) in a binder's sub-level node. If not included, all sections from the binder's top-level root node will be returned.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/sections

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "binder": {
    "nodes": [
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 7,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Information",
          "order__v": 0,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556160448:810987462",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 2,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Consumer Info",
          "order__v": 300,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457559259279:-602158059",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 5,
          "name__v": "VeevaProm Brochure",
          "order__v": 301,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457556176044:-743019200",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "First Section Folder",
          "order__v": 401,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560333810:-909497856",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "section_number__v": null,
          "name__v": "Second Section Folder",
          "order__v": 501,
          "type__v": "section",
          "id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
          "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/sections/1457560348267:1179700878

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "node": {
    "properties": {
      "section_number__v": null,
      "name__v": "Second Section Folder",
      "order__v": 501,
      "type__v": "section",
      "id": "1457560348267:1179700878",
      "parent_id__v": "rootNode"
    },
    "nodes": [
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 24,
          "name__v": "Nyaxa Information Packet",
          "order__v": 0,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457560406595:-2060980086",
          "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 23,
          "name__v": "Nyaxa and Your Health",
          "order__v": 100,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457560409271:-1499449603",
          "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
        }
      },
      {
        "properties": {
          "document_id__v": 25,
          "name__v": "Nyaxa Prescribing Information",
          "order__v": 200,
          "type__v": "document",
          "id": "1457560412997:-1622511549",
          "parent_id__v": "1457560348267:1179700878"
        }
      }
    ]
  }
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`nodes [n]`	List of all nodes (documents and sections) at each level in the binder.
`properties [n]`	List of all properties associated with each document or section node.
`hierarchy__v`	Specifies a single record from the `hierarchy__v` object that has been mapped this binder node.
`section_number__v`	Optional number which can be added to each section.
`order__v`	Order of the document or section within the binder or within another section of the binder.
`type`	Type of node (document or section).
`document_id__v`	The document ID of the document in the binder. This is the same as the document's actual document `id`
`id`	The document ID or section ID specific to the binder. For documents, this is different from the document's actual document `id`.
`parent_id__v`	Section ID of the parent node, e.g., "rootNode".
`name__v`	Name of the document or section. For sections, this is the name of the "subfolder" seen in the binder hierarchy in the UI.
`major_version_number__v`	If the document binding rule is "specific", this is major version number of the document.
`minor_version_number__v`	If the document binding rule is "specific", this is minor version number of the document.

History

Since v5

Retrieve Binder Version Section

For a specific version, retrieve all sections (documents and subfolders) in a binder's top-level root node or sub-level node.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/sections

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

Options

/api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/versions/{major_version_number__v}/{minor_version_number__v}/sections/{node_id} - Retrieve all sections (documents and subfolders) in a binder's sub-level node. If not included, all sections from the binder's top-level root node will be returned.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2/sections

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/29/versions/0/2/sections/1457560348267:1179700878

Response

See Retrieve Binder Sections response above.

History

Since v5

Create Binder Section

Create a new section in a binder.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Input

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	[Required] You must specify a name for the new section.
`section_number__v`	[Optional] You may enter a numerical value for the new section.
`parent_id__v`	[Optional] If the new section is going to be a subsection, enter the Node ID of the parent section. If left blank, the new section will become a top-level section in the binder.
`order__v`	[Optional] Enter the new section order arrangement within the parent section or within the binder (if the new section is a top-level section). An `order__v=0` means the new section will be arranged in the first position. IF left blank, the new section will be arranged in the last position (bottom of the list).

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=VeevaProm Additional Information" \
-d "section_number__v=1.3" \
-d "parent_id__v=1427232809771:1381853041" \
-d "order__v=4" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/sections

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the newly created section. This is unique within the binder, regardless of level.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`REQUIRED_FIELD_NOT_PRESENT`	Section name not present.
`INVALID_SECTION`	Parent section ID is not a valid section.

History

Since v5

Update Binder Section

Update a section in a binder.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id of the section.

Input

Configure one or more of the following fields with values. These are all optional.

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Change the name of the binder section.
`section_number__v`	Update the section number value.
`order__v`	The ordinal position (1, 2, 3, etc.) where the section will be moved. For example, if the section's current order is 1 (first section in the binder or subsection) and you want to move it down one, set `order__v=2`. If the order is greater than the available positions, the section will be moved to the last position. When using only `order__v` (without `parent_id__v`), the section will be moved within the same higher level section.
`parent_id__v`	To move the section to a different section in the binder, include the value of the parent node where it will be moved.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "name__v=VeevaProm Additional Information" \
-d "section_number__v=3" \
-d "parent_id__v=rootNode" \
-d "order__v=4" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427232809771:1381853041

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the newly created section. This is unique within the binder, regardless of level.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`REQUIRED_FIELD_NOT_PRESENT`	Section name not present.
`INVALID_SECTION`	Parent section ID is not a valid section.

History

Since v5

Delete Binder Section

Delete a section from a binder.

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id}

By deleting the section, it will be removed from its parent binder and all documents will be unlinked from the binder. If there are sub-sections and documents under the current section, they will be deleted (for sections) and unlinked (for documents) as well.

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427486900128:1467568099

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427486900128:1467568099"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the deleted section.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_SECTION`	Section ID is not a valid section

History

Since v5

Binder Documents

Add Document to Binder

Add a document to a binder.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Inputs

Field Name	Description
`document_id__v`	[Required] ID of the document being added to the binder.
`parent_id__v`	[Required] Section ID of the parent section, if the document will be in a section rather than top-level. Note: the section ID is unique no matter where it is in the binder hierarchy. Blank means adding the document at the top-level binder.
`order__v`	[Optional] Order within the parent section or binder ("1" is the first position). Blank means add it as the last element in the binder or parent section.
`binding_rule__v`	[Optional] binding rule indicating which version of the document will be linked to the binder and the ongoing behavior. Options are: `default` (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), `steady-state` (bind to latest version in a steady-state), `current` (bind to current version), or `specific` (bind to a specific version).
`major_version_number__v`	If the `binding_rule` is `specific`, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored.
`minor_version_number__v`	If the `binding_rule` is `specific`, then this is required and indicates the minor version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "document_id__v=585" \
-d "parent_id__v=1427232809771:1381853041" \
-d "section_id__v=1" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/documents

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document ID is not present.
`INVALID_SECTION`	Parent section ID is not a valid section.
`MISSING_MAJOR`	Document major version was not specified and binding rule was `specific`.
`MISSING_MINOR`	Document minor version was not specified and binding rule was `specific`.

History

Since v5

Move Document in Binder

Move a document to a different position within a binder.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{node_id}

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id field value.

Input

Field Name Description

order__v The ordinal position (1, 2, 3, etc.) where the document will be moved. For example, if the document's current order is 1 (first document in the section) and you want to move it down one, set order__v=2. If the order is greater than the available positions, the document will be moved to the last position in the section. When using only order__v (without parent_id__v), the document will be moved within the same section.

parent_id__v To move the document to a different section in the binder, include the value of the parent node where it will be moved.

Note: There is a known issue which prevents users from moving documents into the first position within a section with only one API call. This occurs when an existing document has an order__v=0 (first position). Setting the document to be moved to an order__v=0 may not move it above the existing first document. Setting the order__v=-1 has no effect. To accomplish this type of move, you must move the existing document with an order__v=0 down to a lower order.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "parent_id__v=1457560333810:-909497856" \
-d "order__v=2" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1457559259279:-602158059

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "id": "1457559259279:-602158059"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the new node ID of the document.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document ID is not a valid document or the document is not linked to the selected binder.
`INVALID_TARGET_SECTION`	Parent ID is not a valid section within the binder or the Binder ID itself.

History

Since v5

Remove Document from Binder

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{node_id}

By unlinking the document, you remove it from the specified location within the binder, this does not actually delete the document from Vault.

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1427491342404:-1828014479

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the deleted document.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document ID is not present.

History

Since v5

Binder Templates

Retrieve Binder Template Metadata

Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of binder templates in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/binders/templates

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "name": "name__v",
            "type": "String",
            "requiredness": "required",
            "max_length": 50,
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false
        },
        {
            "name": "label__v",
            "type": "String",
            "requiredness": "required",
            "max_length": 100,
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false
        },
        {
            "name": "active__v",
            "type": "Boolean",
            "requiredness": "required",
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false
        },
        {
            "name": "type__v",
            "type": "Component",
            "requiredness": "required",
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false,
            "component": "Doctype"
        },
        {
            "name": "subtype__v",
            "type": "Component",
            "requiredness": "conditional",
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false,
            "component": "Doctype"
        },
        {
            "name": "classification__v",
            "type": "Component",
            "requiredness": "conditional",
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false,
            "component": "Doctype"
        },
        {
            "name": "filing_model__v",
            "type": "Object",
            "requiredness": "optional",
            "editable": true,
            "multi_value": false
        }
    ]
}

Details

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Binder template name, e.g., `binder_template_1__c`. This is used in the API when retrieving, creating, updating, or deleting binder templates.
`label__v`	Binder template label, e.g., "Binder Template 1". This is the name users see in the UI when selecting a binder template.
`type__v`	Vault document type to which the template is associated.
`subtype__v`	Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only required if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level.
`classification__v`	Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only required if the template exists at the document classification level.
`filing_model__v`	eTMF vaults only. The filing model for the binder template.

Metadata Field	Description
`name`	The binder template field name (`name__v`, `label__v`, `type__v`, etc.).
`type`	The binder template field type. This can be one of String, Boolean, Component, or Object (eTMF vaults).
`requiredness`	Indicates whether or not a value must be added when creating a binder template. These include: - `required` : A value must be added. - `conditional` : For a template to exist at the document subtype or classification level, this is required.
`editable`	Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not a value can be added or edited by a user when creating or updating a binder template.
`multi_value`	Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not the field can have multiple values.
`component`	The component property applies to the `type__v`, `subtype__v`, and `classification__v` fields and defines the data type that can be set into this field.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Binder Template Node Metadata

Retrieve the metadata which defines the shape of binder template nodes in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/objects/binders/templates/bindernodes

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml or CSV text/csv

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/objects/binders/templates/bindernodes

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "data": [
    {
      "name": "id",
      "type": "id",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "parent_id__v",
      "type": "id",
      "requiredness": "optional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "order__v",
      "type": "Number",
      "requiredness": "optional",
      "max_value": 2147483647,
      "min_value": 0,
      "scale": 0,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "node_type__v",
      "type": "Enum",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "enums": [
        "planned_document",
        "section"
      ]
    },
    {
      "name": "label__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "required",
      "max_length": 100,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "number__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "optional",
      "max_length": 50,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    },
    {
      "name": "lifecycle__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Documentlifecycle"
    },
    {
      "name": "type__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "subtype__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "classification__v",
      "type": "Component",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false,
      "component": "Doctype"
    },
    {
      "name": "document_template__v",
      "type": "String",
      "requiredness": "conditional",
      "max_length": 50,
      "editable": true,
      "multi_value": false
    }
  ]
}

Details

Binder "nodes" are individual sections or documents in the binder template hierarchy. These can include folders and subfolders in the binder or documents existing within the sections.

Field Name	Description
`id`	For a given binder, these are the binder node (section or planned document) IDs.
`parent_id__v`	For a given binder template node, this is the node ID of its parent node. The top-level node is the `rootNode`.
`node_type__v`	Binder node types include `section` and `planned_document` (content placeholder documents within the binder template).
`label__v`	Binder template node label (name). For `section` node types, this is the name of the folder within the binder template. Example: `"label__v": "Operational Procedures"`. For `planned document` node types, this is the name of the content placeholder document and may include document field tokens. Example: `"label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Operational Procedure"`.
`number__v`	These apply to binder `section` node types and are a numerical representation of the section's hierarchy within the binder template. Example: Given two folders in a binder (under the root node), each containing three subfolders, the first and second folder numbers would be 01 and 02, respectively. The three subfolder numbers within the first and second folders would then be 01.01, 01.02, 01.03 and 02.01, 02.02, 02.03, respectively.
`order__v`	These apply to binder `section` and `planned_document` node types and are a numerical representation of the node's hierarchy within a given node.
`type__v`	Name of the document type to which templates are associated.
`subtype__v`	Name of the document subtype to which templates are associated.
`classification__v`	Name of the document classification to which templates are associated.
`lifecycle__v`	Name of the binder lifecycle to which templates are associated.
`document_template__v`	Name of the planned document template.
`milestone_type__v`	eTMF vaults only. Name of the milestone type associated with the planned document template.
`hierarchy_mapping__v`	eTMF vaults only. Object ID pointing to the lowest level in the TMF reference model.

Metadata Field	Description
`name`	The binder template node field name (`id`, `parent_id__v`, `node_type__v`, etc.).
`type`	The binder template field type. This can be one of ID, String, Number, Enum, or Component.
`requiredness`	Indicates whether or not a value must be added when creating a binder template. These include: - `required` : A value must be added. - `conditional` : For a template to exist at the document subtype or classification level, this is required.
`editable`	Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not a value can be added or edited by a user when creating or updating a binder template.
`multi_value`	Boolean (true/false) field indicating whether or not the field can have multiple values.
`component`	The component property applies to the `type__v`, `subtype__v`, `classification__v`, and `lifecycle__v` fields and defines the data type that can be set into this field.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Binder Template Collection

Retrieve the collection of all binder templates in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_30__c",
         "label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
         "active__v": true,
         "type__v": "trial_master_file__v",
         "subtype__v": null,
         "classification__v": null,
         "filing_model__v": "0MO000000000101"
      },
      {
         "name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c",
         "label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
         "active__v": "true",
         "type__v": "site_master_file__v",
         "subtype__v": null,
         "classification__v": null,
         "filing_model__v": "0MO000000000102"
      }
   ]
}

Details

The response lists all binder templates which have been added to the vault. Shown above, two binder templates exist in our vault. Both exist at the document type level and are intended for use with the compliance_package__v type. For information about the document template metadata, refer to the "Retrieve Binder Template Attributes" response below.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Binder Template Attributes

Retrieve the attributes of a specific binder template in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{template_name} - The binder template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c

Example JSON Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "name__v": "study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c",
         "label__v": "Study Site Level File TMF RM 2.0",
         "active__v": "true",
         "type__v": "site_master_file__v",
         "subtype__v": null,
         "classification__v": null,
         "filing_model__v": "0MO000000000102"
      }
   ]
}

Details

The response lists all attributes configured on a specific binder template in the vault. Shown above are the attributes configured on the specified template:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Name of the binder template. This value is not displayed to end users in the UI. It is seen by Admins and used in the API.
`label__v`	Label of the binder template. When users in the UI create binders from templates, they see this value in the list of available templates.
`type__v`	Vault document type to which the template is associated.
`subtype__v`	Vault document subtype to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document subtype or classification level.
`classification__v`	Vault document classification to which the template is associated. This field is only displayed if the template exists at the document classification level.
`filing_model__v`	eTMF vaults only. Filing model for the binder template.

History

Since v13

Retrieve Binder Template Node Attributes

Retrieve the attributes of each node (folder/section) of a specific binder template in your vault.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The binder template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/study_site_level_file_tmf_rm_20__c/bindernodes

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "data": [
        {
            "id": "5148",
            "parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Trial Management",
            "number__v": "01"
        },
        {
            "id": "9647",
            "parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Central Trial Documents",
            "number__v": "02"            
        },
        {
            "id": "0908",
            "parent_id__v": "studySiteLevelFileTMFRM20",
            "order__v": "200",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Site Management",
            "number__v": "03"            
        },
        {
            "id": "6671",
            "parent_id__v": "5148",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Trial Oversight",
            "number__v": "01.01"            
        },
        {
            "id": "4509",
            "parent_id__v": "5148",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "General",
            "number__v": "01.02"            
        },
        {
            "id": "3623",
            "parent_id__v": "6671",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Operational Procedure",
            "number__v": "01.01.01",
            "hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00484"     
        },
        {
            "id": "5575",
            "parent_id__v": "6671",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Recruitment Plan",
            "number__v": "01.01.02",
            "hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00488"                      
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBOperationalProcedur",
            "parent_id__v": "3623",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Operational Procedure",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "trial_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "trial_oversight__vs",
            "classification__v": "operational_procedure_manual__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBRecruitmentPlan",
            "parent_id__v": "5575",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Recruitment Plan",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "trial_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "trial_oversight__vs",
            "classification__v": "recruitment_plan__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "9454",
            "parent_id__v": "4509",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Tracking Information",
            "number__v": "01.02.01",
            "hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00511"                      
        },
        {
            "id": "5014",
            "parent_id__v": "4509",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Filenote",
            "number__v": "01.02.02",
            "hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00515"                      
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBOperationalProcedu1",
            "parent_id__v": "9454",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Tracking Information",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "trial_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "general__vs",
            "classification__v": "tracking_information__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBFileNote",
            "parent_id__v": "5014",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} File Note",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "trial_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "general__vs",
            "classification__v": "filenote__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "2443",
            "parent_id__v": "9647",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Trial Documents",
            "number__v": "02.01"            
        },
        {
            "id": "0413",
            "parent_id__v": "9647",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Subject Information Sheet",
            "number__v": "02.02"            
        },
        {
            "id": "5118",
            "parent_id__v": "2443",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Protocol",
            "number__v": "02.01.01",
            "hierarchy_mapping__v": "00H00536"                       
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBTrialProtocol",
            "parent_id__v": "5118",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Trial Protocol",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "central_trial_documents__vs",
            "subtype__v": "trial_documents__vs",
            "classification__v": "protocol__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBSubjectInformationS",
            "parent_id__v": "0413",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Subject Information Sheet",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "central_trial_documents__vs",
            "subtype__v": "subject_documents__vs",
            "classification__v": "subject_information_sheet__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "9135",
            "parent_id__v": "0908",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "section",
            "label__v": "Site Selection",
            "number__v": "03.01"            
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBConfidentialityAgre",
            "parent_id__v": "9135",
            "order__v": "0",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Confidentiality Agreement",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "site_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "site_selection__vs",
            "classification__v": "confidentiality_agreement__vs"
        },
        {
            "id": "StudyBSiteBSiteContacts",
            "parent_id__v": "9135",
            "order__v": "100",
            "node_type__v": "planned_document",
            "label__v": "${study_b} - ${site_b} Site Contacts",
            "lifecycle__v": "etmf_lifecycle__vs",
            "type__v": "site_management__vs",
            "subtype__v": "site_selection__vs",
            "classification__v": "site_contact_details__vs"
        }
    ]
}

Details

The response lists all attributes configured on each node of a specific binder template in the vault. The binder template shown above has six nodes.

Field Name	Description
`id`	The binder node (section or planned document) IDs.
`parent_id__v`	The node ID of a section or planned document's parent node. The top-level node is the `rootNode`.
`node_type__v`	Binder node types include `section` and `planned_document` (content placeholder documents within the binder template).
`label__v`	Label of the binder section or planned document.
`type__v`	Vault document type to which planned documents are associated.
`subtype__v`	Vault document subtype to which planned documents are associated. This field is only displayed if the planned document exists at the document subtype or classification level.
`classification__v`	Vault document classification to which planned documents are associated. This field is only displayed if the planned document exists at the document classification level.
`lifecycle__v`	Name of the binder lifecycle to which planned documents are associated.
`number__v`	These apply to binder `section` node types and are a numerical representation of the section's hierarchy within the binder template. Example: Given two folders in a binder (under the root node), each containing three subfolders, the first and second folder numbers would be 01 and 02, respectively. The three subfolder numbers within the first and second folders would then be 01.01, 01.02, 01.03 and 02.01, 02.02, 02.03, respectively.
`order__v`	These apply to binder `section` and `planned_document` node types and are a numerical representation of the node's hierarchy within a given node.
`hierarchy_mapping__v`	eTMF vaults only. Object ID pointing to the lowest level in the TMF reference model.

History

Since v13

Create Binder Template

Create a new binder template in your vault.

See also: Bulk Create Binder Templates below.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

When creating binder templates, the following fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new binder template. If not included, Vault will use the specified `label__v` value to generate a value for the `name__v` field.
`label__v`	The label of the new binder template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to which the template will be associated.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "label__v=Claim Binder Template" \
-d "type__v=claim__vs" \
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates

In this example:

The input format is set to application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The name__v field is not included. Vault will use the specified label__v field value to create the name__v=claim_binder_template__c.
The label__v field specifies the binder template label "Claim Binder Template". This is what users will see among the available templates in the UI.
The document type__v is specified. This template is being created for binders of type__v=claim__vs. Since this exists at the document type level, the subtype and classification are not required.
The template is being set to active__v=true. It will be available for selection when creating a new binder.

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name__v":"claim_binder_template__c"
      }
   ]
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name of the new binder template.

Errors

Refer to the Bulk Create Binder Templates Errors section below.

History

Since v13

Bulk Create Binder Templates

Create from 1-500 new binder templates in your vault.

See also: Create (Single) Binder Template above.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

When creating binder templates, the following fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	The name of the new binder templates. If not included, Vault will use the specified `label__v` value to generate a value for the `name__v` field.
`label__v`	The label of the new binder templates. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	The name of the document type to which the templates will be associated.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document subtypes.
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document classifications.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the new binder templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder.

Example CSV Input

`name__v`	`label__v`	`type__v`	`subtype__v`	`classification__v`	`active__v`
binder_template_1__c	First Binder Template	site_master_file__v			true
	Binder Template 2	trial_master_file__v			true
	Binder Template 3	central_trial_documents__vs	trial_documents__vs	protocol__vs	true
	Binder Template 4	central_trial_documents__vs	reports__vs	clinical_study_report__vs	false

In this example input, we're creating four new binder templates in our vault:

We've only specified the name__v value for the first template and given it a different label__v value. The other templates will inherit their name__v values from the label__v values.
We've specified the document type, subtype, and classification to which each binder template will be associated.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_binder_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/documents/templates

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.

Response

{
   "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
   "data":[
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"binder_template_1__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"binder_template_2__c"
      },
      {
         "responseStatus":"SUCCESS",
         "name":"binder_template_3__c"
      },      
      {
         "responseStatus":"FAILURE",
         "errors":[
            {
               "type":"INVALID_DATA",
               "message":"Error message describing why this template was not created."
            }
         ]
      }
   ]
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the names of the new binder templates.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body.	The input contains information which cannot be parsed by the API.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot process the request : max 500 records expected.	The input has more than 500 records (not allowed).
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body : at least 1 record is expected.	The input has no records (at least one is required).
`REQUIRED_PARAMETER`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].	A required field is missing from the input. The error message includes the missing field name.
`INVALID_VALUE`	Invalid value [{FIELD_VALUE]} specified for parameter [{PARAMETER}].	A field value specified in the input is invalid. The error message includes invalid value and field name on which it is specified.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : another template already exists with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of an existing binder template in your vault.
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot create template : input already defines another template with [name__v={specified name}].	The name specified for the template is a duplicate of another template name specified in the same input.
`INVALID_DATA`	String exceeds max length [{MAX_VALUE}].	The string value exceeds the maximum length for the `label__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{type}].	An invalid value is specified for the `type__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{subtype}] under [{Value specified for `type__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `subtype__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{classification}] under [{Value specified for `classification__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `classification__v` field.

History

Since v13

Create Binder Template Node

Create nodes in an existing binder template.

Request

Send POST to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The binder template name__v field value.

Input

When creating binder template nodes, the following fields are required in all vaults:

Field Name	Description
`id`	The ID of the binder node. This must be set to a unique number.
`parent_id__v`	If not set, the node will be created at the top level of the binder template.
`node_type__v`	Must be set to either `section` or `planned_document`.
`label__v`	The label of the binder template node (`section` or `planned_document`).
`type__v`	The name of the document type to which the template will be associated.
`subtype__v`	The name of the document subtype to which the templates will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	The name of the document classification to which the template will be associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder.

Example CSV Input: Create Top-Level Section Binder Nodes

`id`	`node_type__v`	`label__v`	`order__v`	`number__v`
100	section	Folder A	1	01
200	section	Folder B	2	02
300	section	Folder C	3	03

In this example input, we're creating three new binder nodes in the template.

These will be new section node types.
The required parent_id__v name is included but its value left blank. By default, the new sections will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy.
The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the three new sections in the binder template hierarchy.

Example CSV Input: Create Sub-Level Section Binder Nodes

`id`	`node_type__v`	`label__v`	`order__v`	`number__v`	`parent_id__v`
101	section	SubFolder A1	1	01.01	100
102	section	SubFolder A2	2	01.02	100

In this example input, we're creating three new binder nodes in the template.

These will be new section node types.
The required parent_id__v name is included. If the values are left blank, the new sections will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy by default.
The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the three new sections in the binder template hierarchy.

Example CSV Input: Create Planned Document Binder Node

`id`	`node_type__v`	`label__v`	`order__v`	`parent_id__v`	`type__v`	`subtype__v`	`classification__v`	`lifecycle__v`
101PD	planned_document	Planned Document A1	1	101	promotional_piece__vs	advertisement__vs	web__vs	promotional_piece__vs

In this example input, we're creating new binder node of the type planned_document.

The required parent_id__v name is included. If the values are left blank, the planned document will be added to the top-level in the binder hierarchy by default.
The optional section order and number are set. These define the position of the planned document in the binder template hierarchy.

Example

$ curl -X POST -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\add_binder_template_nodes.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c/bindernodes

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_DATA`	Cannot parse the request body.
`REQUIRED_PARAMETER`	Missing required parameter [{field_name}].
`INVALID_VALUE`	Invalid value [{FIELD_VALUE]} specified for parameter [{PARAMETER}].
`INVALID_VALUE`	Invalid value [{FIELD_VALUE]} specified for parameter [{PARAMETER}]. One of [section, planned_document] is expected.
`INVALID_DATA`	String exceeds max length [{MAX_VALUE}].	The string value exceeds the maximum length for the `label__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{type}].	An invalid value is specified for the `type__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{subtype}] under [{Value specified for `type__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `subtype__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{classification}] under [{Value specified for `classification__v`}].	An invalid value is specified for the `classification__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{LIFECYCLE}].	An invalid value is specified for the `lifecycle__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Value doesn't resolve to a valid [{DOCUMENT_TEMPLATE}] under the [{type}:{subtype}:{classification}].	The value specified for the binder template doesn't resolve to a valid document template under for the specified document type/subtype/classification.
`INVALID_DATA`	Picklist [{Milestone Type Picklist Name}] does not contain [{Specified Picklist Entry Name}].	A non-existing Milestone Type is specified. eTMF vaults only.
`INVALID_DATA`	One of [section,planned_document] is expected.	An invalid enum is specified for the `node_type__v` field.
`INVALID_DATA`	Positive whole numeric value is expected.	An invalid value is specified for the `order__v` field.

History

Since v13

Update Binder Template

Update an existing binder template in your vault.

By changing the document type/subtype/classification, you can move an existing binder template to a different level of the document type hierarchy, effectively reclassifying the template.

See also: Bulk Update Binder Templates below.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

You can update the following fields on binder templates:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Change the name of an existing binder template.
`label__v`	Change the label of an existing binder template. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	Change the document type to which the template is associated.
`subtype__v`	Change the document subtype to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document subtype.
`classification__v`	Change the document classification to which the template is associated. This is only required if associating the template with a document classification.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder template should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \ 
-d "active__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c

In this example:

The input file format is set to application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
The response format is set to text/csv.
The active__v field is set to false. We're changing the status of this binder template from "Active" to "Inactive".

Response (CSV)

responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,binder_template_1__c,

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the name of the updated binder template.

History

Since v13

Bulk Update Binder Templates

Update from 1-500 binder templates in your vault.

By changing the document type/subtype/classification, you can move an existing binder template to a different level of the document type hierarchy, effectively reclassifying the template.

See also: Update [Single] Binder Template above.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json (default) or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Input

You can update the following fields on binder templates:

Field Name	Description
`name__v`	Change the name of existing binder templates.
`label__v`	Change the label of existing binder templates. This is the name users will see among the available binder templates in the UI.
`type__v`	Change the document type to which the templates are associated.
`subtype__v`	Change the document subtype to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document subtypes.
`classification__v`	Change the document classification to which the templates are associated. This is only required if associating the templates with document classifications.
`active__v`	Set to true or false to indicate whether or not the binder templates should be set to active, i.e., available for selection when creating a binder.

Example CSV Input

`name__v`	`label__v`	`active__v`
binder_template_2__c	Second Binder Template	true
binder_template_3__c	Binder Template 3	true
binder_template_4__c	Binder Template 4	false

In this example input, we're updating three existing binder templates in our vault.

On the first template, we're updating both the name__v and label__v values.
On the second template, we're updating the name__v value and setting the active__v value to true.
On the third template, we're updating the name__v value and setting the active__v value to false.

Including a binder field name in the input but leaving its value blank will clear existing values from the field.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: text/csv" \
-H "Accept: text/csv" \
--data-binary @"C:\Vault\Templates\update_binder_templates.csv" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates

In this example:

The input file format is set to CSV.
The response format is not set and will default to JSON.
The path/name of the CSV input file in our local directory is specified.

Response (CSV)

responseStatus,name,errors
SUCCESS,binder_template_2__c,
SUCCESS,binder_template_3__c,
SUCCESS,binder_template_4__c,

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the names of the updated binder templates.

History

Since v13

Replace Binder Template Nodes

Replace all binder nodes in an existing binder template. This action removes all existing nodes and replaces them with those specified in the input.

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}/bindernodes

Headers

Input Content-Type - JSON application/json (default) or CSV text/csv
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The binder template name__v field value.

Example CSV Input

See the Create Binder Template Node above for example inputs, which are the same as those used in this request.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c

History

Since v13

Delete Binder Template

Delete an existing binder template from your vault.

Request

Send DELETE to /api/{version}/objects/binders/templates/{template_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{template_name} - The binder template name__v field value.

Example

$ curl -X DELETE -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/templates/binder_template_1__c

Response

json { "responseStatus": "SUCCESS" }`

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS`	User does not have sufficient privileges to perform the action.	You are not assigned permission to complete the request.
`METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED`	The requested method {METHOD} is not supported.	Use the HTTP DELETE method for this request.
`MALFORMED_URL`	The resource {NAME} does not exist.	The specified binder template name could not be found in your vault.

History

Since v13

Binding Rules

Learn about Version Binding in Vault Help.

Update Binding Rule

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/binding_rule

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.

Input

Field Name Description

binding_rule__v [Required] Indicates which binding rule to apply (which document versions to link to the section). Options are: default (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), steady-state (bind to latest version in a steady-state), or current (bind to current version).

binding_rule_override__v [Required] Set to true or false to indicate if the specified binding rule should override documents or sections which already have binding rules set. If set to true, the binding rule is applied to all documents and sections within the current section. If blank or set to false, the binding rule is applied only to documents and sections within the current section that do not have a binding rule specified.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
-d "binding_rule_override__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/binding_rule

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": 566
}

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_BINDING_RULE`	Binder rule not recognized.

History

Since v5

Update Binder Section Binding Rule

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/sections/{node_id}/binding_rule

Binding rule setting applies to the current section and all sub-sections.

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id field value.

Input

Field Name Description

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=steady-state" \
-d "binding_rule_override__v=true" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/sections/1427232809771:1381853041/binding_rule

Response

{
    "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
    "id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the updated section.

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_SECTION`	Section ID is not a valid section.

History

Since v5

Update Binder Document Binding Rule

Request

Send PUT to /api/{version}/objects/binders/{binder_id}/documents/{node_id}/binding_rule

Headers

Input Content-Type - Name-Value Pair application/x-www-form-urlencoded
Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{binder_id} - The binder id field value.
{node_id} - The binder node id field value.

Input

Field Name	Description
`binding_rule__v`	[Optional] Indicates which binding rule to apply (which document versions to link to the section). Options are: `default` (bind to the latest available version (assumed if binding_rule is blank)), `steady-state` (bind to latest version in a steady-state), `current` (bind to current version), or `specific` (bind to a specific version).
`major_version_number__v`	If the `binding_rule` is `specific`, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored.
`minor_version_number__v`	If the `binding_rule` is `specific`, then this is required and indicates the major version of the document to be linked. Otherwise it is ignored.

Example

$ curl -X PUT -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
-H "Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded" \
-d "binding_rule__v=specific" \
-d "major_version_number__v=1" \
-d "minor_version_number__v=0" \
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/objects/binders/566/documents/1427491342404:-1828014479/binding_rule

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "id": "1427491342404:-1828014479"
}

On SUCCESS, Vault returns the Node ID of the updated document node within the binder

Errors

Error Type	Error Message	Comments
`INVALID_BINDER`	ID passed is not for a binder.
`INVALID_DOCUMENT`	Document ID is not a valid document or the document is not linked to the selected binder.

History

Since v5

Vault Objects

Each vault is configured with a set of standard objects (product__v, country__v, study__v, etc.). These vary by application and configuration.

Admins may also create custom objects (region__c, agency__c, manufacturer__c, etc.). Vault limits the total number of custom objects that Admins can create in a single vault. By default, the limit is 20.

The API supports retrieval of Vault Objects and their metadata.
The API does not support creating or updating Vault Objects. This must be done by Admin in the UI.

Each object can have multiple object records. For example, the product__v object may have records for products named CholeCap, Nyaxa, and Wonderdrug. All object records are user-defined.

The API supports retrieval of Vault Object Records and their metadata.
The API supports creating, updating, and deleting object records.

Learn about Vault Objects & Fields in Vault Help.

Vault Object Metadata

You can retrieve object metadata by sending a GET request to the /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{OBJECT_NAME} See the full request below.

The tables below provide detailed information about metadata available in API v14.0 and later.

Object Fields (Default)

When creating a new custom object, the following fields are added by default:

Field Name	Default Field Label	Field Type	Description	Required	Editable	Queryable
`id`	ID	id	Object record ID. Unique object identifier (primary). Alphanumeric value.	System-Managed	False	True
`name__v`	Name	String	Object record name. Unique object record identifier.	True *	True *	True
`status__v`	Status	Picklist	Either `active__v` or `inactive__v`.	False	True	True
`created_by__v`	Created By	Object	Vault user ID of the person who created the object record.	System-Managed	False	True
`created_date__v`	Created Date	DateTime	The date and time when the object record was created.	System-Managed	False	True
`modified_by__v`	Modified By	Object	Vault user ID of the person who last modified the object record.	System-Managed	False	True
`modified_date__v`	Modified Date	DateTime	The date and time when the object record was last modified.	System-Managed	False	True

* Users cannot set or change the name__v field on objects when system-managed naming is enabled. See About System-Managed Object Record Names below.

Object Metadata Fields (Properties)

The following properties apply to the object itself and affect its object records. Not all properties are returned on all objects.

Metadata Fields	Description
`name`	Object name (`product__v`, `region__c`, etc.). This is the primary method of identifying objects in the API.
`label`	Object label (`Product`, `Region`, etc.). This is the primary method of identifying objects in the UI.
`label_plural`	Object label plural (`Products`, `Regions`, etc.). This is used only in the UI. It has no functional use in the API.
`prefix`	Object prefix. This is a 3-digit alphanumeric value automatically assigned to each object (`00P`, `00C`, `A01`, etc.). When creating a new record for the object, Vault uses the prefix as the first three characters of its object record ID. For example, if the `Product` object has the prefix `00P`, all product object record IDs could be `00P077101`, `00P077102`, etc. The object prefix and object record ID values vary from vault to vault and are not editable. In the UI, the object prefix is displayed in the URL when viewing objects in the Business Admin menu.
`description`	Short description of the object. Descriptions are displayed only in the API and in the object configuration page of the UI.
`help_content`	Short help message for the object. Help content appears in the UI with the question mark icon in the header of the object's maintenance page.
`source`	Either `standard` or `custom`. Standard objects (created by the system) have the `__v` suffix. Custom objects (created by Admin) have the `__c` suffix.
`status`	Either `active__v` or `inactive__v`. Standard objects (created by the system) cannot be set to inactive. Custom objects (created by Admin) can be enabled and disabled by Admin.
`in_menu`	Whether or not Admin has enabled the object to be listed in the Business Admin UI menu.
`order`	Integer value indicating the top-to-bottom order of objects listed in the Business Admin UI menu.
`auditable`	Whether or not Admin has enabled audit trail tracking on the object to track changes made to its object records. For standard objects, this is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. For custom objects, this can be enabled and disabled by Admin. Learn about Audit Trails in Vault Help.
`role_overrides`	Whether or not Admin has configured role override rules on the object.
`dynamic_security`	Whether or not Admin has enabled dynamic security on the object. When enabled, access to object records is controlled at the object record-level instead of at the object-level. Available in v12 or later. Learn about Dynamic Security in Vault Help.
`allow_attachments`	Whether or not Admin has enabled attachments on the object. When enabled on an object, users can "attach" related files (Documents, Images, etc.) to its object records. Available in v13 or later. See Object Record Attachments below. Learn about Object Record Attachments in Vault Help.
`system_managed`	Whether or not the object fields and records are entirely managed by the system (cannot be extended by users). This is only `true` for a limited number of standard objects, such as `workflow__v` and `doc_type_detail__v`. This is different from the `system_managed_name` field property described below.
`available_lifecycles`	Lists all available lifecycles that can be assigned to the object. Available in API v14 or later. Learn about Object Lifecycles in Vault Help.
`urls`	Lists API endpoints to retrieve information about the object.
`fields`	Lists all fields (standard and custom) configured on the object. See Object Fields below.
`relationships`	Lists all relationships configured on the object. See Object Relationships below.
`created_by`	Vault user ID of the person who created the object. For standard objects (created by the system), this shows `1` (one).
`created_date`	Date and time when the object was created in UTC format (`YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.000Z`).
`modified_by`	Vault user ID of the person who last modified the object.
`modified_date`	Date and time when the object was last modified in UTC format.

Object Metadata Fields (Properties)

The following information may be included with each field:

Metadata Fields	Description
`name`	Field name (`id`, `name__v`, `external_id__v`, etc.). This is the primary method of identifying fields in the API.
`label`	Field label (`ID`, `Name`, `External ID`, etc.). This is the primary method of identifying fields in the UI.
`type`	Field data type. See Object Field Types below.
`source`	Either `standard`, `sample`, or `custom`. Standard and sample object fields (created by the system) have the `__v` and `__vs` suffix, respectively. Custom objects (created by Admin) have the `__c` suffix.
`required`	Either `"required": true` or `"required": false`. This indicates whether or not the field must be configured with a value when creating a new object record.
`editable`	Either `"editable": true` or `"editable": false`. This indicates whether or not users can add or change the field value.
`status`	Either `active__v` or `inactive__v`. Standard (`__v`) object fields (created by the system) cannot be set to inactive. Custom object fields (`__c`) (created by Admin) and sample (`__vs`) object fields (created by the system) can be enabled and disabled by Admin.
`unique`	Whether or not the value stored in this field is unique. For example, the value for `name__v` can only be assigned to one object record (`"name__v": "CholeCap"` is unique); a value for `therapeutic_area__vs` (picklist) can be assigned to many object records (`"therapeutic_area__vs": "cardiology__vs"` is not unique).
`system_managed_name`	See About System-Managed Object Record Names below.
`value_format`	See About System-Managed Object Record Names below.
`start_number`	See About System-Managed Object Record Names below.
`lookup_relationship_name`	See About Lookup Fields below.
`lookup_source_field`	See About Lookup Fields below.
`component`	When the field type is `Component`, this lists the Vault component referenced by the field. Currently, this applies only to object lifecycles and lifecycle states.
`max_length`	This property is only on String/Text field types. It indicates the maximum number of characters that can be in the field value.
`max_value`	This property is only on Number field types. It indicates the maximum number of characters that can be set in the field value. Number fields will also show `min_value` and `scale` properties, indicating the minimum number of characters and the number of decimal places the value will store.
`list_column`	Either `true` or `false`. Whether or not the field column is displayed in the Business Admin object record table in the Vault UI.
`order`	The order (top to bottom) in which the field is listed in the object record details in Vault UI.
`created_by`	Vault user ID of the person who created the object. For standard objects (created by the system), this shows `1` (one).
`created_date`	Date and time when the object was created in UTC format (`YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.000Z`).
`modified_by`	Vault user ID of the person who last modified the object.
`modified_date`	Date and time when the object was last modified in UTC format.

Object Relationships

The following properties apply object relationships:

Property	Description
`field`	n the selected object, this is the name of the field on which the relationship is defined.
`relationship_name`	The name of the relationship between the two objects. This always takes the singular or plural form of the related object ending in `__vr` for standard objects and `__cr` for custom objects.
`relationship_label`	The label of the related object.
`relationship_deletion`	Whether or not deletion of the relationship is blocked.
`object`	The object which has a relationship with the specified object. This field includes the endpoint URL to access the related object and its `name`, `label`, `label_plural`, and `prefix`.

Object Field Types

Standard and custom objects include the following field data types:

Field Type	Description
ID	System-managed field used only for the object record `id` field.
String/Text	Stores alphanumeric values up to a maximum length.
Number	Stores number values up to a maximum length.
Picklist	Stores picklist values. These can be configured as single-value or multi-value.
Boolean	Stores Yes/No and true/false values.
Date	Stores date values in UTC format (`YYYY-MM-DD`).
Date/Time	Stores date and time values in UTC format (`YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.000Z`).
Object	References another object. These are used to create reference relationships with other Vault Objects and users.
Component	Used to store object lifecycles.

About System-Managed Object Record Names

As of v14.0, Admins can configure Vault to automatically set the name__v field value of new object records on any custom object. Learn about System-Managed Object Record Naming in Vault Help.

When retrieving object metadata, the name__v field on all Vault Objects includes the following properties:

Metadata Field	Description
`system_managed_name`	Indicates (true/false) whether or not Admin has enabled system-managed naming on the object.
`value_format`	When the `"system_managed_name": true`, this shows the numbering format which Vault uses to automatically name the object records.
`start_number`	When the `"system_managed_name": true`, this shows the first number which Vault will use to name the object records.

The system_managed_name can only be set to true for custom objects. It cannot be set on standard objects such as product, country, study, etc.

The impact of system-managed names is that users cannot set or update the name of object records when creating or updating object records.

Shown below is the name__v field on a custom object where "system_managed_name": true.

      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "start_number": 1,
        "label": "Name",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2016-02-29T22:36:03.000Z",
        "created_by": 46916,
        "required": true,
        "system_managed_name": true,
        "value_format": "VV-{######}",
        "unique": true,
        "name": "name__v",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 46916,
        "created_date": "2016-02-29T22:34:53.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 128,
        "order": 1
      }

"value_format": "VV-{######}" - The format which Vault uses to name the object records.
"start_number": 1 - The first object record will be named VV-000001, the second VV-000002, etc.

About Lookup Fields

As of v14.0, Admins can configure objects with fields that are mirror copies (replicas) of fields on a related object. These fields get their values by "looking up" the field values on the related objects through an object reference, parent-child, or document relationship. Hence, they are called "Lookup Fields". Learn about Object Relationships in Vault Help.

When retrieving object metadata, all standard and custom object fields include the following properties:

lookup_relationship_name - The outbound relationship name. These are generally named for the object that they reference.
lookup_source_field - The name of the field on the referenced/parent object. Vault displays this field value in the lookup field.

The properties will only have values for fields configured as lookups. These fields must utilize an outbound (parent or reference) object relationship. Often, the name of these fields match the name of the field they pull data from, but this is not required.

Shown below is the product_therapeutic_area__c field on the marketing_campaign__c object. Admin has set this as a lookup field pointing to the therapeutic_area__vs field on the product__v object.

"lookup_relationship_name": "product__cr" - The name of the relationship joining the product__v parent object and the marketing_campaign__c child object.
"lookup_source_field": "therapeutic_area__vs" - The field on the parent object that will be used to populate the product_therapeutic_area__c field on the child object.

      {
        "help_content": null,
        "multi_value": false,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": "product__cr",
        "picklist": "therapeutic_area__vs",
        "label": "Product Therapeutic Area",
        "source": "custom",
        "type": "Picklist",
        "modified_date": "2016-02-17T18:08:07.000Z",
        "created_by": 25524,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "product_therapeutic_area__c",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 25524,
        "created_date": "2016-02-17T18:08:07.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": "therapeutic_area__vs",
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 12
      }

Retrieve Object Metadata

Retrieve all metadata configured on a standard or custom Vault Object.

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{object_name} - The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.).

Options

loc - To retrieve localized (translated) strings, include the parameter loc=true. See the next request below for details.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "object": {
    "available_lifecycles": [],
    "label_plural": "Products",
    "help_content": null,
    "prefix": "00P",
    "in_menu": true,
    "description": null,
    "label": "Product",
    "source": "standard",
    "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "created_by": 1,
    "allow_attachments": false,
    "dynamic_security": false,
    "relationships": [
      {
        "relationship_name": "user_role_setup__cr",
        "relationship_label": "User Role Setup",
        "field": "product__c",
        "relationship_type": "reference_inbound",
        "relationship_deletion": "block",
        "object": {
          "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/user_role_setup__v",
          "label": "User Role Setup",
          "name": "user_role_setup__v",
          "label_plural": "User Role Setup",
          "prefix": "0MY"
        }
      }
    ],
    "urls": {
      "field": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/{name}",
      "record": "/api/v14.0/vobjects/product__v/{id}",
      "list": "/api/v14.0/vobjects/product__v",
      "metadata": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v"
    },
    "role_overrides": false,
    "auditable": true,
    "name": "product__v",
    "modified_by": 1,
    "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "system_managed": false,
    "fields": [
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "ID",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "ID",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "name": "id",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 0
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "start_number": null,
        "label": "Product Name",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": true,
        "system_managed_name": false,
        "value_format": null,
        "unique": true,
        "name": "name__v",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 128,
        "order": 1
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "multi_value": false,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "picklist": "default_status__v",
        "label": "Status",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "Picklist",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": true,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "status__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 2
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Product Abbreviation",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "abbreviation__vs",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 10,
        "order": 3
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Generic Name",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "generic_name__vs",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 100,
        "order": 4
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Internal Name",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "internal_name__vs",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 100,
        "order": 5
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Compound ID",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "compound_id__vs",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 100,
        "order": 6
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "INN",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "inn__vs",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 100,
        "order": 7
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "multi_value": false,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "picklist": "therapeutic_area__vs",
        "label": "Therapeutic Area",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "Picklist",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "therapeutic_area__vs",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 8
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "multi_value": true,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "picklist": "product_family__vs",
        "label": "Product Family",
        "source": "sample",
        "type": "Picklist",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": false,
        "name": "product_family__vs",
        "list_column": true,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 9
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": true,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "External ID",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "String",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "unique": true,
        "name": "external_id__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "max_length": 50,
        "order": 10
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Created By",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "Object",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "relationship_type": "reference",
        "unique": false,
        "name": "created_by__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "object": {
          "name": "users"
        },
        "order": 11
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Created Date",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "DateTime",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "name": "created_date__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 12
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Last Modified By",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "Object",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "relationship_type": "reference",
        "unique": false,
        "name": "modified_by__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "object": {
          "name": "users"
        },
        "order": 13
      },
      {
        "help_content": null,
        "editable": false,
        "lookup_relationship_name": null,
        "label": "Last Modified Date",
        "source": "standard",
        "type": "DateTime",
        "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "created_by": 1,
        "required": false,
        "name": "modified_date__v",
        "list_column": false,
        "modified_by": 1,
        "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
        "lookup_source_field": null,
        "status": [
          "active__v"
        ],
        "order": 14
      }
    ],
    "object_class": "base",
    "status": [
      "active__v"
    ],
    "order": 1
  }
}

The response includes all metadata configured on the object.

Retrieve Localized Strings

When available, you can retrieve localized (translated) strings for the label, label_plural, and help_content object fields by adding loc=true to request.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v?loc=true

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "object": {
    "available_lifecycles": [],
    "label_plural": "Products",
    "prefix": "00P",
    "description": null,
    "source": "standard",
    "allow_attachments": false,
    "relationships": [
      {
        "relationship_name": "user_role_setup__cr",
        "relationship_label": "User Role Setup",
        "field": "product__c",
        "relationship_type": "reference_inbound",
        "localized_data": {
          "relationship_label": {
            "en": "User Role Setup"
          }
        },
        "relationship_deletion": "block",
        "object": {
          "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/user_role_setup__v",
          "label": "User Role Setup",
          "name": "user_role_setup__v",
          "label_plural": "User Role Setup",
          "prefix": "0MY",
          "localized_data": {
            "label_plural": {
              "de": "Benutzerrollenkonfiguration",
              "ru": "Настройки функции пользователя",
              "kr": "사용자 역할 설정",
              "en": "User Role Setup",
              "it": "Configurazione ruolo utente",
              "pt_BR": "Configuração da função de usuário",
              "fr": "Configuration du rôle utilisateur",
              "zh": "用户角色设置",
              "es": "Configuración de cargos de usuario",
              "zh_TW": "使用者角色設定",
              "ja": "ユーザロール設定",
              "pl": "Konfiguracja roli użytkownika",
              "tr": "Kullanıcı Rolü Ayarı",
              "pt_PT": "Configuração da função de utilizador"
            },
            "label": {
              "de": "Benutzerrollenkonfiguration",
              "ru": "Настройки функции пользователя",
              "kr": "사용자 역할 설정",
              "en": "User Role Setup",
              "it": "Configurazione ruolo utente",
              "pt_BR": "Configuração da função de usuário",
              "fr": "Configuration du rôle utilisateur",
              "zh": "用户角色设置",
              "es": "Configuración de cargos de usuario",
              "zh_TW": "使用者角色設定",
              "ja": "ユーザロール設定",
              "pl": "Konfiguracja roli użytkownika",
              "tr": "Kullanıcı Rolü Ayarı",
              "pt_PT": "Configuração da função de utilizador"
            }
          }
        }
      }
    ],
    "urls": {
      "field": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/{name}",
      "record": "/api/v14.0/vobjects/product__v/{id}",
      "list": "/api/v14.0/vobjects/product__v",
      "metadata": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v"
    },
    "role_overrides": false,
    "localized_data": {
      "label_plural": {
        "de": "Produkte",
        "ru": "Продукты",
        "kr": "제품",
        "en": "Products",
        "pt_BR": "Produtos",
        "it": "Prodotti",
        "fr": "Produits",
        "es": "Productos",
        "zh": "产品",
        "zh_TW": "產品",
        "ja": "製品",
        "pl": "Produkty",
        "tr": "Ürünler",
        "pt_PT": "Produtos"
      },
      "label": {
        "de": "Produkt",
        "ru": "Продукт",
        "kr": "제품",
        "en": "Product",
        "pt_BR": "Produto",
        "it": "Prodotto",
        "fr": "Produit",
        "es": "Producto",
        "zh": "产品",
        "zh_TW": "產品",
        "ja": "製品",
        "pl": "Produkt",
        "tr": "Ürün",
        "pt_PT": "Produto"
      }
    },
    ...

Details

When localized data is requested, the response includes an additional localized_data field. This contains translated fields and field values on each object field for which localized strings have been configured. This data is only available at the object and field level and only if localized strings have been configured on objects in your vault.

History

Since v8

Retrieve Object Field Metadata

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects/{object_name}/fields/{object_field_name}

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Parameters

{object_name} - The object name__v field value (product__v, country__v, custom_object__c, etc.).
{object_field_name} - The object field name value (id, name__v, external_id__v, etc.).

Options

loc - To retrieve localized (translated) strings, include the parameter loc=true. See the next request below for details.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/name__v

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "field": {
    "help_content": null,
    "editable": true,
    "lookup_relationship_name": null,
    "start_number": null,
    "label": "Product Name",
    "source": "standard",
    "type": "String",
    "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "created_by": 1,
    "required": true,
    "system_managed_name": false,
    "value_format": null,
    "unique": true,
    "name": "name__v",
    "list_column": true,
    "modified_by": 1,
    "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "lookup_source_field": null,
    "status": [
      "active__v"
    ],
    "max_length": 128,
    "order": 1
  }
}

The response includes all metadata configured on the specific Vault Object field. Refer to the Vault Object Metadata tables above for field descriptions.

Retrieve Localized Strings

When available, you can retrieve localized (translated) strings for the label and help_content object fields by adding loc=true to request.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v/fields/name__v?loc=true

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "field": {
    "help_content": null,
    "editable": true,
    "lookup_relationship_name": null,
    "start_number": null,
    "label": "Product Name",
    "source": "standard",
    "type": "String",
    "modified_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "created_by": 1,
    "required": true,
    "localized_data": {
      "label": {
        "de": "Produktbezeichnung",
        "ru": "Название продукта",
        "kr": "제품 이름",
        "en": "Product Name",
        "pt_BR": "Nome do produto",
        "it": "Nome prodotto",
        "fr": "Nom de produit",
        "es": "Nombre de producto",
        "zh": "产品名称",
        "zh_TW": "產品名稱",
        "ja": "製品名",
        "pl": "Nazwa produktu",
        "tr": "Ürün Adı",
        "pt_PT": "Nome do produto"
      }
    },
    "system_managed_name": false,
    "value_format": null,
    "unique": true,
    "name": "name__v",
    "list_column": true,
    "modified_by": 1,
    "created_date": "2015-07-30T20:55:16.000Z",
    "lookup_source_field": null,
    "status": [
      "active__v"
    ],
    "max_length": 128,
    "order": 1
  }
}

Details

History

Since v8

Retrieve Object Collection

Request

Send GET to /api/{version}/metadata/vobjects

Headers

Response Accept - JSON application/json (default) or XML application/xml

Options

loc - To retrieve localized (translated) strings, include the parameter loc=true. See the next request below for details.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects

Response

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "objects": [
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v",
      "label": "Product",
      "name": "product__v",
      "label_plural": "Products",
      "prefix": "00P",
      "order": 1,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/country__v",
      "label": "Country",
      "name": "country__v",
      "label_plural": "Countries",
      "prefix": "00C",
      "order": 2,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/application_role__v",
      "label": "Application Role",
      "name": "application_role__v",
      "label_plural": "Application Role",
      "prefix": "0AR",
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/doc_type_group__v",
      "label": "Document Type Group",
      "name": "doc_type_group__v",
      "label_plural": "Document Type Groups",
      "prefix": "0DG",
      "order": 3,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/doc_type_detail__v",
      "label": "Document Type Detail",
      "name": "doc_type_detail__v",
      "label_plural": "Document Type Details",
      "prefix": "0DT",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/user_role_setup__v",
      "label": "User Role Setup",
      "name": "user_role_setup__v",
      "label_plural": "User Role Setup",
      "prefix": "0MY",
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/vault_component__v",
      "label": "Vault Component",
      "name": "vault_component__v",
      "label_plural": "Vault Components",
      "prefix": "0CD",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/outbound_package__v",
      "label": "Outbound Package",
      "name": "outbound_package__v",
      "label_plural": "Outbound Packages",
      "prefix": "0PO",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/package_component__v",
      "label": "Package Component",
      "name": "package_component__v",
      "label_plural": "Package Components",
      "prefix": "0CP",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/directory__v",
      "label": "Directory",
      "name": "directory__v",
      "label_plural": "Directories",
      "prefix": "0DI",
      "order": 4,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/survey__v",
      "label": "Survey",
      "name": "survey__v",
      "label_plural": "Surveys",
      "prefix": "0SV",
      "order": 5,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/distribution__v",
      "label": "Distribution",
      "name": "distribution__v",
      "label_plural": "Distributions",
      "prefix": "0DS",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    },
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/crm_org__v",
      "label": "CRM Org",
      "name": "crm_org__v",
      "label_plural": "CRM Orgs",
      "prefix": "0CO",
      "in_menu": false,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ]
    }
  ]
}

Details

The response includes a summary of key information (url, label, name, prefix, status, etc.) for all standard and custom Vault Objects configured in your vault. Refer to the Vault Object Metadata tables above for field descriptions.

Retrieve Localized Strings

When available, you can retrieve localized (translated) strings for the label and label_plural object fields by adding loc=true to request.

Example

$ curl -X GET -H "Authorization: {SESSION_ID}" \ 
https://myvault.veevavault.com/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects?loc=true

Response (abridged)

{
  "responseStatus": "SUCCESS",
  "objects": [
    {
      "url": "/api/v14.0/metadata/vobjects/product__v",
      "label": "Product",
      "name": "product__v",
      "label_plural": "Products",
      "prefix": "00P",
      "order": 1,
      "in_menu": true,
      "source": "standard",
      "status": [
        "active__v"
      ],
      "localized_data": {
        "label_plural": {